TWI796342B - Elliptical polarizing plate - Google Patents

Elliptical polarizing plate Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI796342B
TWI796342B TW107123702A TW107123702A TWI796342B TW I796342 B TWI796342 B TW I796342B TW 107123702 A TW107123702 A TW 107123702A TW 107123702 A TW107123702 A TW 107123702A TW I796342 B TWI796342 B TW I796342B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer
liquid crystal
refractive index
wavelength
retardation
Prior art date
Application number
TW107123702A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201908781A (en
Inventor
西辰昌
幡中伸行
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW201908781A publication Critical patent/TW201908781A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI796342B publication Critical patent/TWI796342B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/8791Arrangements for improving contrast, e.g. preventing reflection of ambient light
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3016Polarising elements involving passive liquid crystal elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • G02B5/3041Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid comprising multiple thin layers, e.g. multilayer stacks
    • G02B5/305Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid comprising multiple thin layers, e.g. multilayer stacks including organic materials, e.g. polymeric layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/875Arrangements for extracting light from the devices
    • H10K59/879Arrangements for extracting light from the devices comprising refractive means, e.g. lenses
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/8793Arrangements for polarized light emission
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2309/00Parameters for the laminating or treatment process; Apparatus details
    • B32B2309/08Dimensions, e.g. volume
    • B32B2309/10Dimensions, e.g. volume linear, e.g. length, distance, width
    • B32B2309/105Thickness

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an elliptical polarizing plate having excellent processing characteristics without defects such as waving on a cut end face even if cutting is performed.
The present invention relates to an elliptical polarizing plate having a polarizing layer, a λ/4 retardation layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer, and a reinforcing layer; wherein the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer is composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound oriented in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal cured layer, the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer is 3 μm or less, and the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer and the reinforcing layer is 5 μm or less.

Description

橢圓偏光板 Elliptical polarizer

本發明係關於可利用於顯示器等的橢圓偏光板,以及包含該橢圓偏光板的有機EL顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to an elliptically polarizing plate that can be used in displays and the like, and an organic EL display device including the elliptically polarizing plate.

近年來,隨著顯示器的多樣化,要求橢圓偏光板的薄膜化。就用以使橢圓偏光板薄膜化之一方法而言,已知將橢圓偏光板所使用的相位差板,從延伸相位差板變更為由聚合性液晶化合物在已配向的狀態下硬化所得之液晶硬化膜所成的相位差板。例如,專利文獻1揭示組合有由液晶硬化膜所成的水平配向的λ/4相位差板以及由液晶硬化膜所成的在膜厚方向具有各向異性(也稱為異向性)的相位差板的附光學補償功能的圓偏光板。 In recent years, along with diversification of displays, thinning of elliptically polarizing plates has been demanded. As a method for thinning an elliptically polarizing plate, it is known to change the retardation plate used in an elliptically polarizing plate from a stretched retardation plate to a liquid crystal obtained by hardening a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in an aligned state. Retardation plate made of cured film. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a combination of a horizontally aligned λ/4 retardation plate made of a cured liquid crystal film and a phase plate having anisotropy (also called anisotropy) in the film thickness direction made of a cured liquid crystal film. Circular polarizer with optical compensation function.

[先前技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2015-163935號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2015-163935

但是,橢圓偏光板所含的液晶硬化膜為了 薄膜化,係藉由在基材上形成液晶硬化膜後,轉印至偏光板,而只剝離基材的方法而形成,但剝離基材後的液晶硬化膜的機械強度不足。所以,若欲將形成於基材上的液晶硬化膜單獨轉印至偏光板而得到橢圓偏光板時,在將所得之膜切割為符合目的之製品的大小的情況,有時會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷。 However, the liquid crystal cured film included in the elliptically polarizing plate is formed by forming a liquid crystal cured film on the base material, transferring it to the polarizing plate, and peeling off the base material in order to reduce the film thickness. The mechanical strength of the liquid crystal cured film is insufficient. Therefore, if the liquid crystal cured film formed on the base material is to be transferred separately to the polarizer to obtain an elliptical polarizer, when the obtained film is cut into a size suitable for the intended product, there may be problems at the cut end surface. Defects such as undulations.

所以,本發明的目的係關於即使切割也不會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷且具有良好的加工特性的橢圓偏光板,以及包含該橢圓偏光板的有機EL顯示裝置。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is an elliptically polarizing plate that does not cause defects such as waviness on the cut end surface even if it is cut, and has good processing characteristics, and an organic EL display device including the elliptically polarizing plate.

本發明人為了解決上述課題,致力檢討的結果,完成本發明。亦即,本發明包含以下者。 The inventors of the present invention completed the present invention as a result of intensive examinations in order to solve the above-mentioned problems. That is, the present invention includes the following.

[1]一種橢圓偏光板,其係具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層及補強層,其中,垂直配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成,垂直配向液晶硬化層的膜厚為3μm以下。 [1] An elliptical polarizing plate, which has a polarizing layer, a λ/4 retardation layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, and a reinforcing layer, wherein the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer is composed of a layer relative to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the state of homeotropic alignment is composed of polymers, and the film thickness of the homeotropic alignment liquid crystal cured layer is 3 μm or less.

此處,垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層的層間距離例如為5μm以下。 Here, the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer and the reinforcing layer is, for example, 5 μm or less.

[2]如[1]所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,補強層的膜厚為1至10μm。 [2] The elliptically polarizing plate according to [1], wherein the thickness of the reinforcing layer is 1 to 10 μm.

[3]如[1]或[2]所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,λ/4相位差層為水平配向液晶硬化層,水平配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在水平方向配向的狀態的聚 合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成。 [3] The elliptically polarizing plate as described in [1] or [2], wherein the λ/4 retardation layer is a horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, and the horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardened layer is formed by including The polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the state aligned in the horizontal direction is composed of polymers.

[4]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層。 [4] The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [3], which has a polarizing layer, a λ/4 retardation layer, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer, and a reinforcing layer in this order.

[5]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層、λ/4相位差層。 [5] The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [3], which has a polarizing layer, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer, a reinforcing layer, and a λ/4 retardation layer in this order.

[6]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、補強層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、λ/4相位差層。 [6] The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [3], which has a polarizing layer, a reinforcing layer, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer, and a λ/4 retardation layer in this order.

[7]如[1]至[6]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,補強層為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷(oxetane)樹脂、胺酯樹脂及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成者。 [7] The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the reinforcing layer is composed of a resin selected from acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, and urethane resin. and at least one of the group consisting of melamine resin.

[8]如[1]至[7]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其係在垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層之間具有膜厚5μm以下的配向層,該配向層為由構成元素中包含Si元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成的層。 [8] The elliptically polarizing plate as described in any one of [1] to [7], which has an alignment layer with a film thickness of 5 μm or less between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer and the reinforcing layer, and the alignment layer is composed of A layer composed of compounds containing Si, C, and O among the elements.

[9]如[1]至[8]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,於鄰接的各層中,在波長550nm的面內平均折射率的差為0.20以下。 [9] The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the difference in the in-plane average refractive index at a wavelength of 550 nm in adjacent layers is 0.20 or less.

[10]如[1]至[9]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,關於λ/4相位差層,在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係, nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ)[式中,nxQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈平行的方向的主折射率;nyQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於相位差層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxQ(λ)的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;nzQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率];並且滿足下述式(1)至(3)的關係,ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1) [10] The elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein, with respect to the λ/4 retardation layer, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer, at wavelength The range of λ=400 to 700nm has the relationship of the following formula, nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ) [wherein, nxQ(λ) represents the refractive index formed in the λ/4 retardation layer In the ellipsoid, the main refractive index of the light of wavelength λ (nm) is parallel to the plane of the retardation layer; nyQ(λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer, The refractive index to the light of the wavelength λ (nm) that is parallel to the plane of the phase difference layer and is orthogonal to the direction of the aforementioned nxQ (λ); In the refractive index ellipsoid that forms, to the light of wavelength λ (nm) being the refractive index of the direction perpendicular to the retardation layer plane]; And satisfy the relation of following formula (1) to (3), ReQ(450 )/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1)

1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2)

100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3) 100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3)

[式中,ReQ(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值ReQ(λ)係以ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ表示,此處dQ表示λ/4相位差層的厚度]。 [In the formula, ReQ(450) represents the in-plane retardation value of the λ/4 retardation layer to the light of wavelength λ=450nm, and ReQ(550) represents the in-plane retardation value of the λ/4 retardation layer to the light of wavelength λ=550nm In-plane retardation value, ReQ(650) represents the in-plane retardation value of the λ/4 retardation layer for light with wavelength λ=650nm, and the in-plane retardation value for λ/4 retardation layer for light with wavelength λ(nm) The retardation value ReQ(λ) is represented by ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ, where dQ represents the thickness of the λ/4 retardation layer].

[11]如[1]至[10]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板,其中,關於垂直配向液晶硬化層,在垂直配向液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係, nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ) [11] The elliptically polarizing plate as described in any one of [1] to [10], wherein, regarding the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, at wavelength λ= The range of 400 to 700nm has the following relationship, nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ)

[式中,nzV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率;nxV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的方向的最大折射率,nyV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxV的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;但是於nxV(λ)=nyV(λ)的情況,nxV(λ)表示相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的任意方向的折射率];並且滿足下述式(4)至(6)的關係,RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) [In the formula, nzV (λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer, the refractive index of the light of wavelength λ (nm) is perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer; nxV (λ) It means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer, the maximum refractive index of the light of wavelength λ (nm) in the direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer, nyV (λ) means that in the liquid crystal hardening layer In the formed refractive index ellipsoid, the refractive index to the light of the wavelength λ (nm) is parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer and perpendicular to the direction of the aforementioned nxV; but in nxV(λ)=nyV( In the case of λ), nxV (λ) represents the refractive index in any direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer]; and satisfies the relationship of the following formulas (4) to (6), RthV (450)/RthV (550) ≦1.00 (4)

1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) 1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5)

-120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6) -120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6)

[式中,RthV(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(λ)係以RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV表示;此處,在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,nzV(λ)表示在波長λ(nm)的相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向 的主折射率,「(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2」表示在波長λ(nm)的在液晶硬化層平面的平均折射率;dV表示液晶硬化層的厚度]。 [In the formula, RthV(450) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light of wavelength λ=450nm, and RthV(550) represents the retardation value of the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light of wavelength λ=550nm Value, RthV(650) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light with wavelength λ=650nm, and the retardation value RthV(λ) for the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light with wavelength λ(nm) Expressed by RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV; here, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer, nzV(λ) Indicates the main refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer at the wavelength λ (nm), and "(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2" means the main refractive index at the wavelength λ (nm) in the liquid crystal hardening layer The average refractive index of the plane; dV represents the thickness of the liquid crystal hardening layer].

[12]一種有機EL顯示裝置,具備如[1]至[11]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板。 [12] An organic EL display device comprising the elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [11].

[13]一種有機EL顯示裝置,具備如[1]至[12]中任一項所記載的橢圓偏光板。 [13] An organic EL display device comprising the elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [12].

本發明的橢圓偏光板,即使切割也不會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷,且具有良好的加工特性。 The elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention does not cause defects such as waviness on the cut end surface even if it is cut, and has good processing characteristics.

1,10,100‧‧‧橢圓偏光板 1,10,100‧‧‧elliptical polarizer

2‧‧‧偏光層 2‧‧‧Polarizing layer

3‧‧‧黏著層 3‧‧‧adhesive layer

4‧‧‧λ/4相位差層 4‧‧‧λ/4 retardation layer

5‧‧‧配向層 5‧‧‧Alignment layer

6‧‧‧垂直配向液晶硬化層 6‧‧‧Vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer

7‧‧‧垂直配向層 7‧‧‧Vertical alignment layer

8‧‧‧補強層 8‧‧‧reinforcing layer

第1圖係表示本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例之剖面示意圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer constitution of the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention.

第2圖係表示本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例之剖面示意圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer constitution of the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention.

第3圖係表示本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例之剖面示意圖。 Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer constitution of the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention.

本發明的橢圓偏光板具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層及補強層,各層的積層順序可適當地選擇。於較佳的態樣中,各層係依下述的順序積層。偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層;偏光層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、補強層、λ/4相位差層; 偏光層、補強層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、λ/4相位差層。 The elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention has a polarizing layer, a λ/4 retardation layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer, and a reinforcing layer, and the lamination sequence of each layer can be appropriately selected. In a preferred aspect, each layer is laminated in the following order. Polarizing layer, λ/4 retardation layer, vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer, reinforcing layer; polarizing layer, vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer, reinforcing layer, λ/4 retardation layer; polarizing layer, reinforcing layer, vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer, λ/4 retardation layer.

依該等順序積層的本發明的橢圓偏光板的層構成的一例表示於第1至3圖,但本發明不限於該等態樣。 An example of the layer configuration of the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention laminated in these order is shown in Figs. 1 to 3, but the present invention is not limited to these aspects.

第1圖所示的橢圓偏光板1係依序具備偏光層2、黏接著劑3、λ/4相位差層4、配向層5、黏接著劑3、垂直配向液晶硬化層6、垂直配向層7、補強層8。第2圖所示的橢圓偏光板10係依序具備偏光層2、黏接著劑3、垂直配向液晶硬化層6、垂直配向層7、補強層8、黏接著劑3、λ/4相位差層4、配向層5。第3圖所示的橢圓偏光板100係依序具備偏光層2、黏接著劑3、補強層8、垂直配向層7、垂直配向液晶硬化層6、黏接著劑3、λ/4相位差層4、配向層5。橢圓偏光板1、10及100係以偏光層2的吸收軸對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合。而且,偏光層2可在偏光片的單面(黏接著劑3的相反的面)具備透明保護膜。於本說明書中,所謂實質上45°,通常為45°±5°的範圍。 The elliptically polarizing plate 1 shown in FIG. 1 is sequentially equipped with a polarizing layer 2, an adhesive 3, a λ/4 retardation layer 4, an alignment layer 5, an adhesive 3, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6, and a vertical alignment layer. 7. Reinforcing layer8. The elliptical polarizing plate 10 shown in FIG. 2 is sequentially equipped with a polarizing layer 2, an adhesive 3, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6, a vertical alignment layer 7, a reinforcing layer 8, an adhesive 3, and a λ/4 retardation layer. 4. Alignment layer 5. The elliptical polarizing plate 100 shown in FIG. 3 is sequentially equipped with a polarizing layer 2, an adhesive 3, a reinforcing layer 8, a vertical alignment layer 7, a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6, an adhesive 3, and a λ/4 retardation layer. 4. Alignment layer 5. The elliptically polarizing plates 1 , 10 , and 100 are bonded together so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 becomes substantially 45° with respect to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 . Furthermore, the polarizing layer 2 may have a transparent protective film on one side of the polarizer (the side opposite to the adhesive 3). In this specification, the term "substantially 45°" is usually within the range of 45°±5°.

[補強層] [reinforcing layer]

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100具備補強層8,該補強層8具有補強橢圓偏光板所含的層(特別是垂直配向液晶硬化層6)的功能。橢圓偏光板1、10及100,即使垂直配向液晶硬化層6為薄膜,補強層8仍可充分補強垂直配向液晶硬化層6的強度,若垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的層間距離小,則可更充分地補強垂直配向液晶硬 化層6的強度。所以,橢圓偏光板的加工特性提高,並可有效地抑制或防止切割端面的缺陷。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「層間距離」係意指垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的最短距離,所謂「加工特性」係意指在切割橢圓偏光板時,可抑制或防止在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷之特性。 The elliptically polarizing plates 1, 10, and 100 of the present invention include a reinforcing layer 8 that has a function of reinforcing the layers included in the elliptically polarizing plate (in particular, the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured layer 6). For the elliptical polarizers 1, 10 and 100, even if the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6 is a thin film, the reinforcing layer 8 can still fully reinforce the strength of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6. If the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8 is small , the strength of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 can be more fully reinforced. Therefore, the processing characteristics of the elliptically polarizing plate are improved, and defects of cut end faces can be effectively suppressed or prevented. Furthermore, in this specification, the so-called "interlayer distance" means the shortest distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8, and the so-called "processing characteristics" means that when cutting an elliptical polarizer, it can be suppressed or prevented. The characteristics of defects such as undulations on the cutting end surface.

垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的層間距離例如為5μm以下,較佳為3μm以下,更佳為1.5μm以下,又更佳為1.0μm以下,再更佳為500nm以下,特佳為300nm以下。若沒有垂直配向層7,則層間距離為0nm。層間距離的下限必然會依垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8之間的層的膜厚(在第1至3圖的態樣中為垂直配向層7的膜厚)而決定,故無特別限制,較佳為1nm以上。層間距離為上述上限以下時,補強層8可更充分地補強垂直配向液晶硬化層6,可顯現良好的加工特性,故在切割橢圓偏光板時,不會在切割端面產生波狀起伏等缺陷。而且,層間距離越短,補強層8越容易貢獻對垂直配向液晶硬化層6的補強,故有加工特性提高的傾向。 The interlayer distance between vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6 and reinforcing layer 8 is, for example, 5 μm or less, preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 1.5 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, still more preferably 500 nm or less, most preferably 300 nm the following. If there is no vertical alignment layer 7, the interlayer distance is 0 nm. The lower limit of the distance between layers will inevitably be determined by the film thickness of the layer between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8 (the film thickness of the vertical alignment layer 7 in the aspects of Figures 1 to 3), so there is no special limit. The limit is preferably more than 1nm. When the interlayer distance is below the above upper limit, the reinforcing layer 8 can more fully reinforce the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6, and can exhibit good processing characteristics, so when cutting an elliptically polarizing plate, defects such as waviness will not occur on the cut end surface. Furthermore, the shorter the interlayer distance, the easier it is for the reinforcement layer 8 to contribute to the reinforcement of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6, so the processing characteristics tend to be improved.

補強層8係由可發揮能夠補強垂直配向液晶硬化層6的強度的材料所構成,例如包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成。該等之中,從容易形成硬化性高、補強性高的補強層8的觀點來看,較佳為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂 及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成,更佳為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂及胺酯樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成。 The reinforcing layer 8 is made of a material capable of reinforcing the strength of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6, such as a material selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, urethane resin and melamine resin. Made of at least 1 type. Among them, from the viewpoint of easy formation of a highly curable and highly reinforcing reinforcing layer 8, it is preferable to include a resin selected from acrylic resins, epoxy resins, oxetane resins, urethane resins, and melamine resins. At least one kind selected from the group formed, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resins and urethane resins.

補強層8較佳為包含以熱、光而硬化的硬化性材料的硬化性組成物的硬化物。包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層8的硬化性材料可舉例如:單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯;多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己烷二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四丙烯酸酯、戊甘油三丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、參(丙烯醯氧基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯;乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,6-己烷二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四甲基丙烯酸酯、戊甘油三甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六甲基丙烯酸酯、參(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯等。 (甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用,從抑制因硬化時、硬化後的加熱而產生的捲曲的觀點、提高加工特性的觀點、確保補強層8的充分補強性的觀點來看,可適當地選擇(甲基)丙烯酸酯。而且,從相同的觀點來看,可與環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂等混合。再者,於本說明書中,有時將丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯合稱為(甲基)丙烯酸酯,有時將丙烯酸與甲基丙烯酸合稱為(甲基)丙烯酸。 The reinforcing layer 8 is preferably a cured product of a curable composition including a curable material cured by heat or light. The hardening material of the reinforcing layer 8 comprising acrylic resin can be exemplified: monofunctional (meth)acrylates, such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, ( Hydroxybutyl meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate; polyfunctional (meth)acrylates such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,6-Hexanediol Diacrylate, Neopentyl Glycol Diacrylate, Trimethylolpropane Triacrylate, Trimethylolethane Triacrylate, Tetramethylolmethane Triacrylate, Tetrahydroxy Methylmethane tetraacrylate, Pentyl glycerin triacrylate, Neopentylthritol triacrylate, Neopentylthritol tetraacrylate, Glycerin triacrylate, Dineopentylthritol triacrylate, Dineopentylthritol Tetraacrylate, diperythritol pentaacrylate, diperythritol hexaacrylate, ginseng (acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate; ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethyl Acrylate, 1,6-Hexanediol Dimethacrylate, Neopentyl Glycol Dimethacrylate, Trimethylolpropane Trimethacrylate, Trimethylolethane Trimethacrylate , Tetramethylolmethane Trimethacrylate, Tetramethylolmethane Tetramethacrylate, Pentyl Glycerin Trimethacrylate, Neopentylthritol Trimethacrylate, Neopentylthritol Tetramethacrylate , Glycerin Trimethacrylate, Dineopentylthritol Trimethacrylate, Dineopentylthritol Tetramethacrylate, Dineopentylthritol Pentamethacrylate, Dineopentylthritol Hexamethacrylate acrylate, ginseng (methacryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, etc. (Meth)acrylates can be used alone or in combination of two or more, from the viewpoint of suppressing curling caused by heating during curing or after curing, from the viewpoint of improving processing characteristics, and from the viewpoint of ensuring sufficient reinforcement of the reinforcing layer 8 See, the (meth)acrylate can be chosen appropriately. Furthermore, from the same viewpoint, it can be mixed with epoxy resin, oxetane resin, urethane resin, melamine resin, and the like. In addition, in this specification, acrylate and methacrylate may be collectively referred to as (meth)acrylate, and acrylic acid and methacrylic acid may be collectively referred to as (meth)acrylic acid.

包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8的硬化性材料可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸及/或(甲基)丙烯酸酯、多元醇及二異氰酸酯的反應生成物之胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。具體而言,胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯可藉由從(甲基)丙烯酸及/或(甲基)丙烯酸酯與多元醇調製分子內具有至少1個羥基的羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,並使其與二異氰酸酯反應而製造。胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The curable material of the reinforcing layer 8 made of urethane resin can be, for example, urethane (meth)acrylate which is a reaction product of (meth)acrylic acid and/or (meth)acrylate, polyol and diisocyanate wait. Specifically, the urethane (meth)acrylate can be prepared from (meth)acrylic acid and/or (meth)acrylate and polyhydric alcohol to prepare a hydroxyl (meth)acrylate having at least one hydroxyl group in the molecule, And make it react with diisocyanate to manufacture. Urethane (meth)acrylate can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯可為(甲基)丙烯酸的鏈狀或環狀烷酯。其具體例可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯以及(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷酯。前述多元醇係分子內具有至少2個羥基的化合物。可舉例如乙二醇、丙二醇、1,3-丙烷二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、新戊二醇、1,3-丁烷二醇、1,4-丁烷二醇、1,6-己烷二醇、1,9-壬烷二醇、1,10-癸烷二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊烷二醇、3-甲基-1,3-戊烷二 醇、羥基新戊酸的新戊二醇酯、環己烷二羥甲基、1,4-環己烷二醇、螺甘油(spiroglycol)、三環癸烷二羥甲基、氫化雙酚A、環氧乙烷加成雙酚A、環氧丙烷加成雙酚A、三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、丙三醇、3-甲基戊烷-1,3,5-三醇、新戊四醇、二新戊四醇、三新戊四醇、葡萄糖類等。 The aforementioned (meth)acrylate may be a chain or cyclic alkyl ester of (meth)acrylate. Specific examples thereof include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, etc. ) alkyl acrylate and cycloalkyl (meth)acrylate such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate. The aforementioned polyol-based compound has at least two hydroxyl groups in its molecule. For example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1, 6-hexanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1 , 3-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol ester of hydroxypivalic acid, cyclohexanedimethylol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, spiroglycerin (spiroglycol), tricyclodecane dimethylol Hydrogenated bisphenol A, ethylene oxide added bisphenol A, propylene oxide added bisphenol A, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, glycerol, 3-methylpentane- 1,3,5-triol, neopentylthritol, diperythritol, trineopentylthritol, glucose, etc.

二異氰酸酯係分子內具有2個異氰酸酯基(-NCO)的化合物,可使用芳香族、脂肪族或脂環式的各種二異氰酸酯。具體例可舉例如四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、異佛酮二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4’-二苯基二異氰酸酯、1,5-萘二異氰酸酯、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二苯基二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、4,4’-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯及該等之中具有芳香環的二異氰酸酯的核氫化物等。 The diisocyanate-based compound has two isocyanate groups (-NCO) in its molecule, and various aromatic, aliphatic, or alicyclic diisocyanates can be used. Specific examples include tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, Isocyanate, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diphenyl diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate and nuclear hydrides of diisocyanates having an aromatic ring among them, and the like.

從抑制因硬化時、硬化後的加熱而產生的捲曲的觀點、提高加工特性的觀點、確保補強層8的充分補強性的觀點來看,可適當地選擇胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯。而且,從相同觀點來看,也可與丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂等混合。 Urethane (meth)acrylate can be appropriately selected from the viewpoint of suppressing curling caused by heating during and after curing, improving processability, and ensuring sufficient reinforcement of the reinforcing layer 8 . Furthermore, from the same viewpoint, it may also be mixed with an acrylic resin, an epoxy resin, an oxetane resin, a melamine resin, or the like.

包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層的硬化性材料,可舉例如脂環式環氧化合物、芳香族環氧化合物、氫化環氧化合物、脂肪族環氧化合物等。 Examples of curable materials for the reinforcing layer including epoxy resins include alicyclic epoxy compounds, aromatic epoxy compounds, hydrogenated epoxy compounds, and aliphatic epoxy compounds.

脂環式環氧化合物係分子內具有至少1個直接鍵結於脂環式環的環氧基的化合物。可舉例如3,4-環氧基環己烷甲酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲酯、3,4-環氧基-6-甲 基環己烷甲酸3,4-環氧基-6-甲基環己基甲酯、伸乙基雙(3,4-環氧基環己烷甲酸酯)、己二酸雙(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基)酯、己二酸雙(3,4-環氧基-6-甲基環己基甲基)酯、二乙二醇雙(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基醚)、乙二醇雙(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基)醚等。該等脂環式環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound having at least one epoxy group directly bonded to an alicyclic ring in a molecule. Examples include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl-3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate 6-methylcyclohexylmethyl ester, ethylidene bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate), adipate bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl)ester, adipate Acid bis(3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl)ester, diethylene glycol bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether), ethylene glycol bis(3,4 - Epoxycyclohexylmethyl) ether and the like. These alicyclic epoxy compounds can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

芳香族環氧化合物係分子內具有芳香族環及環氧基的化合物。其具體例可舉例如:雙酚A的二環氧丙基醚、雙酚F的二環氧丙基醚、雙酚S的二環氧丙基醚等雙酚型環氧化合物或其寡聚物;苯酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、羥基苯甲醛苯酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂等酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂;2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯基甲烷的環氧丙基醚、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮的環氧丙基醚等多官能型環氧化合物;環氧化聚乙烯基酚等多官能型環氧樹脂等。該等芳香族環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The aromatic epoxy compound is a compound having an aromatic ring and an epoxy group in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include bisphenol-type epoxy compounds such as bisphenol-A diglycidyl ether, bisphenol-F diglycidyl ether, and bisphenol-S diglycidyl ether, or their oligomers. phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolak epoxy resin, hydroxybenzaldehyde phenol novolak epoxy resin and other novolac epoxy resins; 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxydiphenylmethane Polyfunctional epoxy compounds such as glycidyl ether and glycidyl ether of 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone; multifunctional epoxy resins such as epoxidized polyvinylphenol wait. These aromatic epoxy compounds can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

氫化環氧化合物係上述芳香族環氧化合物的核氫化物成為氫化環氧化合物。該等可由下述方法製造:將藉由對於屬於對應的芳香族環氧化合物的原料之芳香族多羥基化合物(典型而言為雙酚類)在觸媒的存在下及加壓下選擇性地進行氫化反應所得之多元醇(典型而言為氫化雙酚類)作為原料,使其與環氧氯丙烷反應,成為氯醇醚,進一步使用鹼使其進行分子內閉環的方法。該等氫化環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The hydrogenated epoxy compound is a nuclear hydrogenated product of the above-mentioned aromatic epoxy compound to be a hydrogenated epoxy compound. These can be produced by the following method: by selectively dissolving aromatic polyhydroxy compounds (typically bisphenols) which are the raw materials of the corresponding aromatic epoxy compounds in the presence of a catalyst and under pressure A method in which a polyol (typically hydrogenated bisphenols) obtained by hydrogenation is used as a raw material, reacted with epichlorohydrin to form a chlorohydrin ether, and further intramolecularly closed using a base. These hydrogenated epoxy compounds can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

脂肪族環氧化合物有脂肪族多元醇或其環氧烷加成物的聚環氧丙基醚。其具體例可舉例如新戊二醇的二環氧丙基醚、1,4-丁烷二醇的二環氧丙基醚、1,6-己烷二醇的二環氧丙基醚、丙三醇的三環氧丙基醚、三羥甲基丙烷的三環氧丙基醚、聚乙二醇的二環氧丙基醚、丙二醇的二環氧丙基醚、藉由於如乙二醇、丙二醇、丙三醇等脂肪族多元醇加成1種或2種以上的環氧烷(環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷)所得之聚醚多醇的聚環氧丙基醚等。該等脂肪族環氧化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Aliphatic epoxy compounds include polyglycidyl ethers of aliphatic polyhydric alcohols or their alkylene oxide adducts. Specific examples thereof include, for example, the dielycidyl ether of neopentyl glycol, the dielycidyl ether of 1,4-butanediol, the dielycidyl ether of 1,6-hexanediol, Triglycidyl ether of glycerol, triglycidyl ether of trimethylolpropane, diglycidyl ether of polyethylene glycol, diglycidyl ether of propylene glycol, Polyglycidyl ethers of polyether polyols obtained by adding one or more than two kinds of alkylene oxides (ethylene oxide, propylene oxide) to aliphatic polyols such as alcohol, propylene glycol, and glycerin. These aliphatic epoxy compounds can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

從抑制因硬化時、硬化後的加熱而產生的捲曲的觀點、提高加工特性的觀點、確保補強層8的充分補強性的觀點、調整與基材、液晶硬化層的密接性的觀點來看,可適當地選擇環氧樹脂。而且,從相同觀點來看,也可與丙烯酸樹脂、胺酯樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂等混合。 From the viewpoint of suppressing curling caused by heating during curing and after curing, improving the processing characteristics, ensuring sufficient reinforcement of the reinforcing layer 8, and adjusting the adhesiveness with the base material and the liquid crystal cured layer, Epoxy resins can be appropriately selected. Furthermore, from the same viewpoint, it may also be mixed with an acrylic resin, an urethane resin, an oxetane resin, a melamine resin, or the like.

就包含氧雜環丁烷樹脂所成的補強層8的硬化性材料而言,可舉例如分子內含有至少1個氧雜環丁烷基的化合物等。其具體例可舉例如3-乙基-3-羥基甲基氧雜環丁烷(也稱為氧雜環丁烷醇)、2-乙基己基氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙[{(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲氧基}甲基]苯(也稱為伸苯二甲基雙氧雜環丁烷)、3-乙基-3[{(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲氧基}甲基]氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-(苯氧基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、3-(環己氧基)甲基-3-乙基氧雜環丁烷等。 The curable material of the reinforcing layer 8 made of oxetane resin may, for example, be a compound containing at least one oxetane group in its molecule. Specific examples thereof include, for example, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane (also known as oxetanol), 2-ethylhexyloxetane, 1,4-bis[ {(3-Ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxy}methyl]benzene (also known as xylylenebisoxetane), 3-ethyl-3[{( 3-Ethyloxetane-3-yl)methoxy}methyl]oxetane, 3-ethyl-3-(phenoxymethyl)oxetane, 3-( cyclohexyloxy)methyl-3-ethyloxetane, etc.

就包含三聚氰胺樹脂所成的補強層8的硬 化性材料而言,可舉例如六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基甲基三聚氰胺等三聚氰胺化合物。 As for the curable material of the reinforcing layer 8 made of melamine resin, for example, hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxymethylmelamine and other melamine compounds.

形成補強層用的硬化性組成物可再包含光聚合引發劑、熱聚合引發劑、溶劑、聚合抑制劑、光敏劑、調平劑、抗氧化劑、鏈轉移劑、光安定劑、黏著賦予劑、填充劑、流動調整劑、可塑劑、消泡劑、色素、抗靜電劑及紫外線吸收劑等添加劑。 The curable composition for forming the reinforcing layer may further contain a photopolymerization initiator, a thermal polymerization initiator, a solvent, a polymerization inhibitor, a photosensitizer, a leveling agent, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, a light stabilizer, an adhesion imparting agent, Additives such as fillers, flow regulators, plasticizers, defoamers, pigments, antistatic agents, and UV absorbers.

關於光聚合引發劑,於使用藉由自由基聚合而硬化的硬化性組成物例如(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯作為硬化性材料的情況,可使用光自由基聚合引發劑,於使用藉由陽離子聚合而硬化的硬化性組成物例如環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物作為硬化性組成物的情況,可使用光陽離子聚合引發劑,於使用藉由熱而硬化的硬化性組成物例如三聚氰胺化合物作為硬化性組成物的情況,可使用熱聚合引發劑。 Regarding the photopolymerization initiator, in the case of using a curable composition cured by radical polymerization such as (meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate as a curable material, photoradical polymerization initiator can be used agent, in the case of using a curable composition hardened by cationic polymerization such as epoxy compound and oxetane compound as the curable composition, a photocationic polymerization initiator can be used, and when using a curable composition hardened by heat When a curable composition such as a melamine compound is used as the curable composition, a thermal polymerization initiator can be used.

光聚合引發劑可舉例如光自由基聚合引發劑、光陽離子聚合引發劑等。光自由基聚合引發劑可舉例如安息香化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、二苯乙二酮縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、三

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0014-27
化合物等,光陽離子聚合引發劑可舉例如芳香族重氮鹽、芳香族錪鹽、芳香族鋶鹽等的鎓鹽、鐵-芳烴錯合物等。具體而言,可舉例如:Irgacure(註冊商標)907、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 651、Irgacure 819、Irgacure 250、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 379、 Irgacure 127、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 754、Irgacure 379EG(以上日本BASF股份公司製);SEIKUOL BZ、SEIKUOL Z、SEIKUOL BEE(以上精工化學股份公司製);Kayacure BP100(日本化藥股份公司製);Kayacure UVI-6992(Dow公司製);ADEKA Optomer SP-152、ADEKA Optomer SP-170、ADEKA Optomer N-1717、ADEKA Optomer N-1919、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(以上ADEKA股份公司製);TAZ-A、TAZ-PP(以上日本Siber Hegner公司製)及TAZ-104(三和化學公司製);KAYARAD(註冊商標)系列(日本化藥股份公司製);CYRACURE UVI系列(Dow Chemical公司製);CPI系列(SAN-APRO股份公司製);TAZ、BBI及DTS(以上Midori化學股份公司製);RHODORSIL(註冊商標)(Rhodia股份公司製)等。光聚合引發劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。光聚合引發劑可配合所使用的材料,適當地選擇使用。 As a photopolymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator, etc. are mentioned, for example. The photoradical polymerization initiator can be exemplified by benzoin compounds, benzophenone compounds, diphenyl diketone ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, three
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0014-27
Compounds etc., photocationic polymerization initiators, for example, onium salts such as aromatic diazonium salts, aromatic iodonium salts, and aromatic permeic acid salts, iron-arene complexes, and the like. Specifically, for example: Irgacure (registered trademark) 907, Irgacure 184, Irgacure 651, Irgacure 819, Irgacure 250, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 379, Irgacure 127, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 754, Irgacure 379 EG (the above Japan BASF Co., Ltd. SEIKUOL BZ, SEIKUOL Z, SEIKUOL BEE (manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd. above); Kayacure BP100 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); Kayacure UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow Corporation); ADEKA Optomer SP-152, ADEKA Optomer SP -170, ADEKA Optomer N-1717, ADEKA Optomer N-1919, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (made by ADEKA Co., Ltd. above); TAZ-A, TAZ-PP (made by Siber Hegner Corporation in Japan above) and TAZ-104 (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.); KAYARAD (registered trademark) series (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); CYRACURE UVI series (manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.); CPI series (manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd.); TAZ, BBI And DTS (the above Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.); RHODORSIL (registered trademark) (Rhodia Co., Ltd.), etc. A photoinitiator can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. A photopolymerization initiator can be suitably selected and used according to the material to be used.

由於可充分活用從光源發出的能量,且生產性佳,故光聚合引發劑較佳係極大吸收波長為300nm至400nm,更佳為300nm至380nm,其中以α-苯乙酮系聚合引發劑、肟(oxime)系光聚合引發劑較佳。 Since the energy emitted from the light source can be fully utilized and the productivity is good, the photopolymerization initiator preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength of 300nm to 400nm, more preferably 300nm to 380nm, wherein the α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiator, An oxime-based photopolymerization initiator is preferred.

α-苯乙酮系聚合引發劑可舉例如2-甲基-2-嗎啉基-1-(4-甲基硫基苯基)丙烷-1-酮、2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-苯甲基丁烷-1-酮及2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-(4-甲基苯基甲基)丁烷-1-酮等,更佳為2-甲基-2-嗎啉基-(4-甲基硫基苯基)丙烷-1-酮及2-二甲基胺基 -1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-苯甲基丁烷-1-酮。α-苯乙酮化合物的市售品可舉例如Irgacure 369、379EG、907(以上日本BASF股份公司製)及SEIKUOL BEE(以上精工化學公司製)等。 Examples of α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiators include 2-methyl-2-morpholinyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)propan-1-one, 2-dimethylamino-1 -(4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-benzylbutan-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-(4-methyl phenylmethyl) butane-1-one, etc., more preferably 2-methyl-2-morpholinyl-(4-methylthiophenyl)propane-1-one and 2-dimethylamino -1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-benzylbutan-1-one. Commercially available α-acetophenone compounds include, for example, Irgacure 369, 379EG, and 907 (manufactured by BASF Co., Ltd.), SEIKUOL BEE (manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.).

肟系光聚合引發劑係藉由光照射而生成自由基。藉由該自由基,適合進行在層的深部之硬化性組成物的聚合。而且,從更有效率地進行在層的深部之聚合反應的觀點來看,較佳為使用可有效率地利用波長350nm以上的紫外線之光聚合引發劑。可有效率地利用波長350nm以上的紫外線之光聚合引發劑較佳為三

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0016-29
化合物、肟酯型咔唑化合物,從感度的觀點來看,更佳為肟酯型咔唑化合物。肟酯型咔唑化合物可舉例如1,2-辛烷二酮、1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)]、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯基肟)等。肟酯型咔唑化合物的市售品可舉例如Irgacure OXE-01、Irgacure OXE-02、Irgacure OXE-03(以上日本BASF股份公司製)、ADEKA Optomer N-1919、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(以上ADEKA股份公司製)等。 Oxime-based photopolymerization initiators generate free radicals when irradiated with light. The polymerization of the curable composition in the deep part of the layer is suitably performed by the free radicals. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of more efficiently advancing the polymerization reaction in the deep part of the layer, it is preferable to use a photopolymerization initiator that can efficiently utilize ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 350 nm or more. The photopolymerization initiator that can efficiently utilize ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 350nm or more is preferably three
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0016-29
The compound, the oxime ester type carbazole compound, is more preferably an oxime ester type carbazole compound from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Oxime ester type carbazole compounds can be exemplified by 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-2-(O-benzoyl oxime)], ethyl ketone, 1-[9- Ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetyloxime) and the like. Commercially available products of the oxime ester type carbazole compound include, for example, Irgacure OXE-01, Irgacure OXE-02, Irgacure OXE-03 (manufactured by the above-mentioned Japan BASF Co., Ltd.), ADEKA Optomer N-1919, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (the above-mentioned ADEKA joint stock company), etc.

熱聚合引發劑可舉例如:2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丁腈)、1,1’-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-甲腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基-4-甲氧基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸)二甲酯、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-羥基甲基丙腈)等偶氮系化合物;過氧化月桂基、氫過氧化第三丁基、過氧化苯甲醯基、過氧化苯甲酸第三丁酯、氫過氧化異丙苯、過氧化二碳酸二異丙酯、過氧化二 碳酸二丙酯、過氧化新癸酸第三丁酯、過氧化新戊酸第三丁酯、過氧化(3,5,5-三甲基己醯基)等有機過氧化物;過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨、過氧化氫等無機過氧化物等。該等熱聚合引發劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Examples of thermal polymerization initiators include: 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane- 1-carbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile ), 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionate) dimethyl ester, 2,2'-azobis(2-hydroxymethylpropionitrile) and other azo compounds; lauryl peroxide, tertiary butyl hydroperoxide, benzoyl peroxide, tertiary butyl peroxybenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide, diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, dipropyl peroxydicarbonate, peroxide Organic peroxides such as tert-butyl neodecanoate, tert-butyl peroxypivalate, (3,5,5-trimethylhexyl) peroxide; potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, peroxide Inorganic peroxides such as hydrogen, etc. These thermal polymerization initiators can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

相對於硬化性組成物100質量份,聚合引發劑的添加量通常為0.1至20質量份,較佳為0.5至10質量份,更佳為1至5質量份。若為上述範圍內,則容易地充分進行硬化反應。 The amount of the polymerization initiator added is usually 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the curable composition. If it is in the said range, hardening reaction will fully progress easily.

硬化性材料通常在溶解於溶劑的狀態下塗佈於基材,故硬化性材料較佳為包含溶劑。溶劑較佳為可溶解硬化性組成物的溶劑,而且,以對硬化性材料的聚合反應為惰性的溶劑為較佳。溶劑可舉例如:水、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲醚、乙二醇丁醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-丁氧基乙醇及丙二醇單甲醚等醇溶劑;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、γ-丁內酯、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯及乳酸乙酯等酯溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮及2-庚酮及甲基異丁基酮等酮溶劑;戊烷、己烷及庚烷等脂肪族烴溶劑;乙基環己烷等脂環式烴溶劑;甲苯及二甲苯等芳香族烴溶劑;乙腈等腈溶劑;四氫呋喃及二甲氧基乙烷等醚溶劑;氯仿及氯苯等含氯溶劑;二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等醯胺系溶劑等。該等溶劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。該等之中,較佳為醇溶劑、酯溶劑、酮溶劑、含氯溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及芳香族 烴溶劑。 Since the curable material is usually applied to the substrate in a state of being dissolved in a solvent, it is preferable that the curable material contains the solvent. The solvent is preferably a solvent that can dissolve the curable composition, and is preferably a solvent that is inert to the polymerization reaction of the curable material. Examples of solvents include: water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-butoxyethanol and propylene glycol monomethyl ether and other alcohol solvents; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate and ethyl lactate and other ester solvents; acetone, Ketone solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane and heptane; fatty acids such as ethyl cyclohexane Cyclic hydrocarbon solvents; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane; chlorinated solvents such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; dimethylacetamide, dimethyl Amide-based solvents such as methylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, etc. These solvents can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, alcohol solvents, ester solvents, ketone solvents, chlorine-containing solvents, amide-based solvents, and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents are preferable.

相對於硬化性組成物100質量份,溶劑的含量較佳為50至98質量份,更佳為60至95質量份。所以,組成物100質量份中所佔的固體成分較佳為2至50質量份。在該範圍時,硬化性組成物的黏度變低,故補強層的厚度變得約略均勻,而有補強層有不易產生不均勻的傾向。 The content of the solvent is preferably from 50 to 98 parts by mass, more preferably from 60 to 95 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the curable composition. Therefore, the solid content in 100 parts by mass of the composition is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass. In this range, since the viscosity of the curable composition becomes low, the thickness of the reinforcing layer becomes approximately uniform, and unevenness tends to be less likely to occur in the reinforcing layer.

關於硬化性組成物,可藉由將硬化性材料及添加劑等硬化性材料以外的成分在預定溫度攪拌等而得到。 The curable composition can be obtained by, for example, stirring components other than the curable material such as the curable material and additives at a predetermined temperature.

關於補強層8,可將硬化性組成物塗佈於基材上,然後除去溶劑,藉由加熱及/或活性能量線,使其硬化而得。 The reinforcing layer 8 can be obtained by coating a curable composition on a base material, removing the solvent, and curing it by heating and/or active energy rays.

塗佈硬化性組成物於基材的方法(以下,有稱為塗佈方法A的情況)可舉例如擠出塗佈法、直接凹版塗佈法、反式凹版塗佈法、CAP塗佈法、狹縫塗佈法、微凹版法、模頭塗佈法、噴墨法等。而且,還可舉例如使用浸塗機、棒塗機、旋轉塗佈機等塗佈機進行塗佈的方法等。其中,於以卷對卷(Roll to Roll)型式連續塗佈的情況,較佳為藉由微凹版法、噴墨法、狹縫塗佈法、模頭塗佈法之塗佈方法。 The method of coating a curable composition on a base material (hereinafter referred to as coating method A) includes, for example, an extrusion coating method, a direct gravure coating method, a reverse gravure coating method, and a CAP coating method. , Slit coating method, micro gravure method, die coating method, inkjet method, etc. Moreover, the method etc. which apply using coaters, such as a dip coater, a bar coater, and a spin coater, can also be mentioned, for example. Among them, in the case of continuous coating in a roll-to-roll (Roll to Roll) type, coating methods by microgravure method, inkjet method, slit coating method, and die coating method are preferable.

除去溶劑的方法(以下有稱為溶劑除去方法A的情況)可舉例如自然乾燥、通風乾燥、加熱乾燥、減壓乾燥及組合該等之方法。其中,較佳為自然乾燥或加熱乾 燥。乾燥溫度較佳為0至200℃的範圍,更佳為20至150℃的範圍,又更佳為50至130℃的範圍。乾燥時間較佳為10秒至20分鐘,更佳為30秒至10分鐘。 The method for removing the solvent (hereinafter sometimes referred to as solvent removal method A) includes, for example, natural drying, ventilation drying, heat drying, reduced-pressure drying, and a combination of these methods. Among them, natural drying or heating drying is preferable. The drying temperature is preferably in the range of 0 to 200°C, more preferably in the range of 20 to 150°C, and more preferably in the range of 50 to 130°C. The drying time is preferably from 10 seconds to 20 minutes, more preferably from 30 seconds to 10 minutes.

照射的活性能量線係依據硬化性組成物的種類、於包含光聚合引發劑的情況之光聚合引發劑的種類及該等的量而適當地選擇。具體而言,可舉例如選自由可見光、紫外光、紅外光、X射線、α射線、β射線及γ射線所成群組的1種以上的光。其中,就容易控制聚合反應的進行之點及可使用本領域中廣泛地被使用作為光聚合裝置者之點而言,較佳為紫外光,較佳為以可藉由紫外光而光聚合之方式選擇聚合性液晶化合物的種類。 The active energy ray to be irradiated is appropriately selected depending on the type of the curable composition, the type of the photopolymerization initiator when the photopolymerization initiator is contained, and the amount thereof. Specifically, for example, one or more kinds of light selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, infrared light, X-rays, α-rays, β-rays, and γ-rays can be mentioned. Among them, ultraviolet light is preferred because it is easy to control the progress of the polymerization reaction and a photopolymerization device widely used in this field can be used, and it is preferable to use one that can be photopolymerized by ultraviolet light. The method selects the type of polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

前述活性能量線的光源可舉例如低壓水銀燈、中壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、氙燈、鹵素燈、碳弧燈、鎢燈、鎵燈、準分子雷射、發出波長範圍380至440nm的光的LED光源、捕蟲器用螢光燈、黑光燈、微波激發水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈等。 The light sources of the aforementioned active energy lines can be, for example, low-pressure mercury lamps, medium-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, xenon lamps, halogen lamps, carbon arc lamps, tungsten lamps, gallium lamps, excimer lasers, and those with wavelengths ranging from 380 to 440 nm. Light LED light source, fluorescent lamp for insect trap, black light lamp, microwave excited mercury lamp, metal halide lamp, etc.

紫外線照射強度通常為10至3000mW/cm2。紫外線照射強度較佳為在對光陽離子聚合引發劑或光自由基聚合引發劑的活性化有效的波長區域的強度。照射光的時間通常為0.1秒至10分鐘,較佳為0.1秒至5分鐘,更佳為0.1秒至3分鐘,又更佳為0.1秒至1分鐘。在以如此的紫外線照射強度照射1次或複數次時,其累積光量為10至3000mJ/cm2,較佳為50至2000mJ/cm2,更佳為100至1000mJ/cm2。於累積光量為該範圍以下的情況,硬化 性組成物的硬化變得不足,橢圓偏光板的加工特性有降低的情況。相反地,於累積光量為該範圍以上的情況,橢圓偏光板有著色的情況。 The ultraviolet irradiation intensity is usually 10 to 3000 mW/cm 2 . The intensity of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably an intensity in a wavelength region effective for activating a photocationic polymerization initiator or a photoradical polymerization initiator. The time for irradiating light is usually 0.1 second to 10 minutes, preferably 0.1 second to 5 minutes, more preferably 0.1 second to 3 minutes, and more preferably 0.1 second to 1 minute. When irradiated with such an intensity of ultraviolet radiation for one time or multiple times, the cumulative light intensity is 10 to 3000 mJ/cm 2 , preferably 50 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 100 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 . When the accumulated light amount is below this range, the curing of the curable composition becomes insufficient, and the processing characteristics of the elliptically polarizing plate may decrease. Conversely, when the cumulative light intensity is more than this range, the elliptically polarizing plate may be colored.

於藉由熱而使硬化性組成物硬化的情況,加熱溫度係依據硬化性材料的種類、於包含熱聚合引發劑的情況之熱聚合引發劑的種類及該等的量而適當地選擇,例如50至200℃,較佳為50至130℃。加熱時間例如為10秒至10分鐘,較佳為10秒至5分鐘。再者,於加熱乾燥的情況,可同時進行乾燥及硬化。 In the case of hardening the curable composition by heat, the heating temperature is appropriately selected depending on the kind of the curable material, the kind and the amount of the thermal polymerization initiator in the case of including the thermal polymerization initiator, for example 50 to 200°C, preferably 50 to 130°C. The heating time is, for example, 10 seconds to 10 minutes, preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. In addition, in the case of heat drying, drying and hardening may be performed simultaneously.

補強層8的膜厚,從補強性的觀點來看,較佳為1至10μm。補強層8的膜厚為上述的下限值以上時,可充分補強橢圓偏光板所含的層,特別是垂直配向液晶硬化層6,並可顯現良好的加工特性。補強層8的膜厚為上述的上限值以下時,從橢圓偏光板的薄膜化的觀點來看為較佳。補強層8的膜厚,從橢圓偏光板的薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為1至5μm,更佳為1至3μm,從橢圓偏光板的加工特性的觀點來看,較佳為5至10μm,更佳為7至10μm。補強層的膜厚,可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 The film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is preferably 1 to 10 μm from the viewpoint of reinforcing properties. When the film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is more than the above lower limit, the layers included in the elliptically polarizing plate, especially the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 can be sufficiently reinforced, and good processing characteristics can be exhibited. It is preferable that the film thickness of the reinforcement layer 8 is below the said upper limit from a viewpoint of thinning an elliptically polarizing plate. The film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 is preferably 1 to 5 μm, more preferably 1 to 3 μm from the viewpoint of thinning the elliptically polarizing plate, and preferably 5 to 3 μm from the viewpoint of processing characteristics of the elliptically polarizing plate. 10 μm, more preferably 7 to 10 μm. The film thickness of the reinforcing layer can be measured using an ellipsometer or a contact film thickness meter.

[偏光層] [Polarizing layer]

偏光層2係具有偏光功能的層。如此的層可舉例如包含吸附有具有吸收各向異性的色素之延伸膜或已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜作為偏光片的膜等。具有吸收各向異性的色素可舉例如二色性色素。 The polarizing layer 2 is a layer having a polarizing function. Such a layer includes, for example, a stretched film on which an absorption anisotropic dye is adsorbed or a film coated with an absorption anisotropic dye as a polarizer. Examples of dyes having absorption anisotropy include dichroic dyes.

包含吸附有具有吸收各向異性的色素之延 伸膜作為偏光片的膜通常係藉由在偏光片的至少一側的面隔著接著劑以透明保護膜夾住而製作,該偏光片係經過將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜進行一軸延伸的步驟、將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜使用二色性色素染色而使該二色性色素吸附的步驟、將吸附有二色性色素的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜使用硼酸水溶液處理的步驟以及在藉由硼酸水溶液處理後進行水洗的步驟而製造。 A film comprising a stretched film adsorbed with an anisotropic absorption pigment as a polarizer is usually produced by sandwiching at least one side of the polarizer with a transparent protective film via an adhesive. A step of uniaxially stretching a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film, a step of dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with a dichroic dye to adsorb the dichroic dye, and making the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with the dichroic dye adsorbed Manufactured using a step of treating with an aqueous boric acid solution and a step of washing with water after treatment with an aqueous solution of boric acid.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂可藉由將聚乙酸乙烯酯系樹脂皂化而得。就聚乙酸乙烯酯系樹脂而言,除乙酸乙烯酯的均聚物之聚乙酸乙烯酯外,還可使用乙酸乙烯酯及可與其共聚合的其他單體的共聚物。可與乙酸乙烯酯共聚合的其他單體可舉例如不飽和羧酸類、烯烴類、乙烯基醚類、不飽和磺酸類、具有銨基的丙烯醯胺類等。 The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate-based resin. As the polyvinyl acetate resin, in addition to polyvinyl acetate which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, a copolymer of vinyl acetate and other monomers copolymerizable therewith can also be used. Examples of other monomers that can be copolymerized with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, and acrylamides having ammonium groups.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂的皂化度通常為85至100莫耳%左右,較佳為98莫耳%以上。該聚乙烯醇系樹脂可被改性,例如可使用經醛類改性的聚乙烯醇縮甲醛或聚乙烯醇縮乙醛。聚乙烯醇系樹脂的聚合度通常為1000至10000左右,較佳為1500至5000的範圍。 The degree of saponification of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 85 to 100 mol %, preferably 98 mol % or more. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified, for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes may be used. The degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 1,000 to 10,000, preferably in the range of 1,500 to 5,000.

將如此的聚乙烯醇系樹脂進行製膜而得者可使用來作為偏光層2的原胚膜。將聚乙烯醇系樹脂進行製膜的方法,無特別限制,可用習知的方法製膜。聚乙烯醇系原胚膜的膜厚例如可設為10至150μm左右。 Those obtained by forming such a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin into a film can be used as the original film of the polarizing layer 2 . The method of forming a film from the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used to form a film. The thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based protoembryon can be, for example, about 10 to 150 μm.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜的一軸延伸,可在藉由二色性色素之染色前、與染色同時或染色後進行。在染色 後進行一軸延伸的情況,該一軸延伸可在硼酸處理前或硼酸處理中進行。而且,亦可在該等複數階段進行一軸延伸。一軸延伸時,可在周速不同的滾輪間於一軸進行延伸,亦可使用熱滾輪於一軸進行延伸。而且,一軸延伸可為在大氣中進行延伸的乾式延伸,亦可為使用溶劑並使聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜在膨潤的狀態下進行延伸的濕式延伸。延伸倍率通常為3至8倍左右。 The uniaxial stretching of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film can be performed before, simultaneously with, or after dyeing with a dichroic dye. In the case of performing uniaxial extension after staining, the uniaxial extension can be performed before or during boric acid treatment. Furthermore, one-axis extension can also be performed in these plural stages. When extending on one axis, it can be extended on one axis between rollers with different peripheral speeds, or can be extended on one axis by using hot rollers. Furthermore, the uniaxial stretching may be dry stretching in which stretching is carried out in air, or wet stretching in which a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is stretched in a swollen state using a solvent. The elongation ratio is usually about 3 to 8 times.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜的藉由二色性色素之染色可由例如將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有二色性色素的水溶液的方法來進行。 The dyeing of a polyvinyl alcohol-type resin film with a dichroic dye can be performed by the method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-type resin film in the aqueous solution containing a dichroic dye, for example.

二色性色素具體而言可使用碘、二色性的有機染料。二色性的有機染料可舉例如由C.I.直接紅39等雙偶氮化合物所成的二色性直接染料以及由三偶氮、四偶氮等的化合物所成的二色性直接染料等。聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜,較佳為在染色處理前,先實施浸漬於水的處理。 As the dichroic dye, iodine and a dichroic organic dye can be used specifically. Dichroic organic dyes include, for example, dichroic direct dyes made of disazo compounds such as C.I. Direct Red 39 and dichroic direct dyes made of compounds such as trisazo and tetrasazo. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is preferably subjected to a treatment of immersion in water before the dyeing treatment.

於使用碘作為二色性色素的情況,通常採用將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有碘及碘化鉀的水溶液中而染色的方法。相對於水每100質量份,該水溶液中的碘的含量通常為0.01至1質量份左右。而且,相對於水每100質量份,碘化鉀的含量通常為0.5至20質量份左右。染色所使用的水溶液的溫度通常為20至40℃左右。而且,於該水溶液的浸漬時間(染色時間)通常為20至1800秒左右。 When using iodine as a dichroic dye, the method of immersing and dyeing a polyvinyl-alcohol-type resin film in the aqueous solution containing iodine and potassium iodide is employ|adopted normally. The content of iodine in the aqueous solution is usually about 0.01 to 1 part by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. In addition, the content of potassium iodide is usually about 0.5 to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. The temperature of the aqueous solution used for dyeing is about 20-40 degreeC normally. And, the immersion time (dyeing time) in this aqueous solution is about 20 to 1800 seconds normally.

另一方面,於使用二色性的有機染料作為 二色性色素的情況,通常採用將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有水溶性二色性染料的水溶液中而染色的方法。相對於水每100質量份,該水溶液中的二色性有機染料的含量通常為1×10-4至10質量份左右,較佳為1×10-3至1質量份左右,更佳為1×10-3至1×10-2質量份左右。該水溶液可含有硫酸鈉等無機鹽作為染色助劑。染色所使用的二色性染料水溶液的溫度通常為20至80℃左右。而且,於該水溶液的浸漬時間(染色時間)通常為10至1800秒左右。 On the other hand, when using a dichroic organic dye as a dichroic dye, the method of immersing and dyeing a polyvinyl-alcohol-type resin film in the aqueous solution containing a water-soluble dichroic dye is employ|adopted normally. The content of the dichroic organic dye in the aqueous solution is usually about 1×10 -4 to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water, preferably about 1×10 -3 to 1 part by mass, more preferably 1 ×10 -3 to 1×10 -2 parts by mass. The aqueous solution may contain inorganic salts such as sodium sulfate as dyeing aids. The temperature of the dichroic dye aqueous solution used for dyeing is about 20-80 degreeC normally. And, the immersion time (dyeing time) in this aqueous solution is about 10 to 1800 seconds normally.

藉由二色性色素染色後的硼酸處理,通常可藉由將經染色的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於硼酸水溶液之方法而進行。相對於水每100質量份,該硼酸水溶液中的硼酸的含量通常為2至15質量份左右,較佳為5至12質量份。於使用碘作為二色性色素的情況,該硼酸水溶液較佳含有碘化鉀,相對於水每100質量份,該情況的碘化鉀的含量通常為0.1至15質量份左右,較佳為5至12質量份左右。於硼酸水溶液的浸漬時間通常為60至1200秒左右,較佳為150至600秒,更佳為200至400秒。硼酸水溶液的溫度通常為50℃以上,較佳為50至85℃,更佳為60至80℃。 The boric acid treatment after dyeing with a dichroic dye can be generally performed by a method of immersing a dyed polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in a boric acid aqueous solution. The content of boric acid in the boric acid aqueous solution is usually about 2 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 12 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of water. In the case of using iodine as a dichroic dye, the boric acid aqueous solution preferably contains potassium iodide, and the content of potassium iodide in this case is usually about 0.1 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 12 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of water. about. The immersion time in the boric acid aqueous solution is generally about 60 to 1200 seconds, preferably 150 to 600 seconds, more preferably 200 to 400 seconds. The temperature of the boric acid aqueous solution is usually above 50°C, preferably 50 to 85°C, more preferably 60 to 80°C.

硼酸處理後的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜通常進行水洗處理。水洗處理例如可藉由將經硼酸處理的聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於水之方法而進行。水洗處理的水的溫度通常為5至40℃左右。而且,浸漬時間通常為1至120秒左右。 The polyvinyl alcohol-type resin film after a boric-acid process is usually washed with water. The water washing treatment can be performed, for example, by a method of immersing a boric acid-treated polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in water. The temperature of water for washing with water is usually about 5 to 40°C. Also, the immersion time is usually about 1 to 120 seconds.

水洗後,實施乾燥處理,得到偏光片。乾燥處理例如可使用熱風乾燥機、遠紅外線加熱器進行。乾燥處理的溫度通常為30至100℃左右,較佳為50至80℃。乾燥處理的時間通常為60至600秒左右,較佳為120至600秒。藉由乾燥處理,偏光片的水分率減少至實用的程度。該水分率通常為5至20重量%左右,較佳為8至15重量%。水分率低於5重量%時,喪失偏光片的可撓性,偏光片在乾燥後有損傷、破裂的情況。而且,水分率高於20重量%時,偏光片的熱安定性有可能變差。 After washing with water, drying treatment was performed to obtain a polarizer. The drying process can be performed using, for example, a hot air dryer or a far-infrared heater. The temperature of the drying treatment is usually about 30 to 100°C, preferably 50 to 80°C. The drying time is generally about 60 to 600 seconds, preferably 120 to 600 seconds. By drying, the moisture content of the polarizer is reduced to a practical level. The moisture content is usually about 5 to 20% by weight, preferably 8 to 15% by weight. When the moisture content is less than 5% by weight, the flexibility of the polarizer is lost, and the polarizer may be damaged or cracked after drying. Furthermore, when the moisture content exceeds 20% by weight, the thermal stability of the polarizer may deteriorate.

如此地對聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜進行一軸延伸、藉由二色性色素的染色、硼酸處理、水洗及乾燥所得之偏光片的厚度較佳為5至40μm。 The thickness of the polarizer obtained by uniaxially stretching the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in this way, dyeing with a dichroic dye, treating with boric acid, washing with water, and drying is preferably 5 to 40 μm.

已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜可舉例如塗佈包含具有液晶性的二色性色素的組成物或包含二色性色素及聚合性液晶的組成物所得之膜等。該膜較佳為單面或兩面具有保護膜。該保護膜可舉例如與後述的基材相同者。 The film coated with a dye having absorption anisotropy includes, for example, a film coated with a composition containing a liquid crystalline dichroic dye or a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal. The film preferably has a protective film on one or both sides. As this protective film, the thing similar to the base material mentioned later is mentioned, for example.

已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜較佳為薄者,但太薄時,強度降低,有加工性差的傾向。該膜的厚度通常為20μm以下,較佳為5μm以下,更佳為0.5至3μm。 The film coated with an anisotropic absorption dye is preferably thin, but if it is too thin, the strength will decrease and the processability will tend to be poor. The thickness of the film is usually 20 μm or less, preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 to 3 μm.

前述已塗佈具有吸收各向異性的色素的膜,具體而言可舉例如日本特開2012-33249號公報等所記載的膜。 The aforementioned film coated with a dye having absorption anisotropy specifically includes films described in JP-A-2012-33249 and the like.

藉由於如此所得之偏光片的至少一側的面隔著接著劑積層透明保護膜,而得到偏光層2。透明保護膜較佳可使用與後述基材相同的透明膜。 The polarizing layer 2 is obtained by laminating a transparent protective film on at least one surface of the polarizer thus obtained via an adhesive. As a transparent protective film, it is preferable to use the same transparent film as the base material mentioned later.

[λ/4相位差層] [λ/4 retardation layer]

λ/4相位差層4係膜面內的折射率具有各向異性的層。λ/4相位差層4雖可藉由使高分子膜延伸或收縮的方法而形成,但從橢圓偏光板的薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為使包含聚合性液晶化合物(亦稱為聚合性液晶)的聚合性液晶組成物在已配向的狀態下聚合而形成。 The λ/4 retardation layer 4 is a layer having an anisotropic refractive index in the film plane. The λ/4 retardation layer 4 can be formed by stretching or shrinking a polymer film, but from the viewpoint of thinning the elliptically polarizing plate, it is preferable to include a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (also called a polymerizable liquid crystal compound). The polymerizable liquid crystal composition is formed by polymerizing in an aligned state.

λ/4相位差層4所形成的3維折射率橢圓體可具有二軸性,但較佳為具有一軸性。λ/4相位差層4較佳為包含相對於λ/4相位差層的平面在水平方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成的水平配向液晶硬化層。 The 3-dimensional refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer 4 may have biaxiality, but preferably has uniaxiality. The λ/4 retardation layer 4 is preferably a horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured layer composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable liquid crystal compound aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the plane of the λ/4 retardation layer.

水平配向液晶硬化層,係聚合性液晶的光軸相對於λ/4相位差層的平面而言在水平方向配向。構成λ/4相位差層的聚合性液晶可為棒狀或圓盤狀聚合性液晶。棒狀聚合性液晶相對於λ/4相位差層的平面而言在水平配向或垂直配向的情況,聚合性液晶的光軸係與該聚合性液晶的長軸方向一致。圓盤狀聚合性液晶配向的情況,聚合性液晶的光軸存在於相對於該聚合性液晶的圓盤面而言正交的方向。 The horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardening layer is for aligning the optical axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal in the horizontal direction relative to the plane of the λ/4 retardation layer. The polymerizable liquid crystal constituting the λ/4 retardation layer may be rod-shaped or disk-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal. When the rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal is aligned horizontally or vertically with respect to the plane of the λ/4 retardation layer, the optical axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal coincides with the long axis direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal. When the discotic polymerizable liquid crystal is aligned, the optical axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal exists in a direction perpendicular to the disc surface of the polymerizable liquid crystal.

因聚合性液晶的配向而形成的折射率橢圓體中的3個方向的折射率nx、ny及nz可舉例如為nx>ny ≒nz(稱為正A板)、nx≒ny<nz(稱為正C板)、nx<ny≒nz(稱為負A板)或nx≒ny>nz(稱為負C板)等關係。nx表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於λ/4相位差層的平面呈平行的方向的主折射率。ny表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於λ/4相位差層的平面呈平行且相對於該nx的方向呈正交的方向的折射率。nz表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於λ/4相位差層的平面呈垂直的方向的折射率。 The refractive indices nx, ny, and nz in the three directions of the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal can be, for example, nx>ny≒nz (called positive A plate), nx≒ny<nz (called positive A plate), nx≒ny<nz is positive C plate), nx<ny≒nz (called negative A plate) or nx≒ny>nz (called negative C plate), etc. nx represents the main refractive index in the direction parallel to the plane of the λ/4 retardation layer in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer. ny represents the refractive index in the direction parallel to the plane of the λ/4 retardation layer and perpendicular to the nx direction in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer. nz represents the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the λ/4 retardation layer in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer.

λ/4相位差層4可使用棒狀的聚合性液晶及圓盤狀的聚合性液晶之任一者,但較佳為棒狀的聚合性液晶,於棒狀的聚合性液晶形成水平配向液晶硬化層的情況,λ/4相位差層為正A板。 The λ/4 phase difference layer 4 can use any one of rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystals and disc-shaped polymerizable liquid crystals, but rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystals are preferred, and horizontally aligned liquid crystals are formed on the rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystals. In the case of a hardened layer, the λ/4 retardation layer is a positive A plate.

關於λ/4相位差層4,在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係,nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ) Regarding the λ/4 retardation layer 4, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer, in the range of wavelength λ=400 to 700nm, there is the following relationship, nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ) ≒nzQ(λ)

[式中,nxQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈平行的方向的主折射率;nyQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於相位差層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxQ(λ)的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;nzQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率]; 並且滿足下述式(1)至(3)的關係,ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1) [In the formula, nxQ(λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer, the main refractive index of the light of the wavelength λ (nm) is parallel to the plane of the retardation layer; nyQ(λ) represents the pair wavelength λ( nm) of light; nzQ(λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer, the direction perpendicular to the plane of the retardation layer for the light of wavelength λ(nm) Refractive index]; And satisfy the relation of following formula (1) to (3), ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1)

1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2)

100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3) 100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3)

[式中,ReQ(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值ReQ(λ)係以ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ表示,此處dQ表示λ/4相位差層的厚度]。 [In the formula, ReQ(450) represents the in-plane retardation value of the λ/4 retardation layer to the light of wavelength λ=450nm, and ReQ(550) represents the in-plane retardation value of the λ/4 retardation layer to the light of wavelength λ=550nm In-plane retardation value, ReQ(650) represents the in-plane retardation value of the λ/4 retardation layer for light with wavelength λ=650nm, and the in-plane retardation value for λ/4 retardation layer for light with wavelength λ(nm) The retardation value ReQ(λ) is represented by ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ, where dQ represents the thickness of the λ/4 retardation layer].

λ/4相位差層4的面內相位差值ReQ(550)超過式(3)的範圍時,可能會導致包含橢圓偏光板的顯示器正面的色相變紅、變藍的問題。面內相位差值的更佳的範圍為130nm≦ReQ(550)≦150nm。λ/4相位差層的ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)超過1.00時,具備該λ/4相位差層的橢圓偏光板的在短波長側的橢圓率劣化。圓偏光板在短波長側的橢圓率劣化而在1.0外且變小時,有損在短波長側從正面觀看時的作為圓偏光板的功能。該[ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)]較佳為0.75至0.92,更佳為0.77至0.87,又更佳為0.79至0.85。 When the in-plane retardation value ReQ(550) of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 exceeds the range of the formula (3), there may be a problem that the hue of the front surface of the display including the elliptically polarizing plate becomes red or blue. A more preferable range of the in-plane retardation value is 130nm≦ReQ(550)≦150nm. When ReQ(450)/ReQ(550) of the λ/4 retardation layer exceeds 1.00, the ellipticity on the short-wavelength side of the elliptically polarizing plate including the λ/4 retardation layer deteriorates. When the ellipticity of the circular polarizing plate on the short wavelength side deteriorates and becomes smaller than 1.0, the function of the circular polarizing plate when viewed from the front on the short wavelength side is impaired. The [ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)] is preferably from 0.75 to 0.92, more preferably from 0.77 to 0.87, and still more preferably from 0.79 to 0.85.

λ/4相位差層4的面內相位差值可依λ/4相位差層的厚度dQ而調整。面內相位差值係由上述式ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ決定,故欲得到所期望的面內 相位差值(ReQ(λ):在波長λ(nm)之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值),則調整3維折射率及膜厚dQ即可。再者,3維折射率係取決於後述的聚合性液晶化合物的分子結構及配向狀態。 The in-plane retardation value of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 can be adjusted according to the thickness dQ of the λ/4 retardation layer. The in-plane retardation value is determined by the above formula ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ, so to obtain the desired in-plane retardation value (ReQ(λ): at wavelength λ( nm) λ/4 retardation layer in-plane retardation value), then adjust the three-dimensional refractive index and film thickness dQ. In addition, the three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and alignment state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound described later.

λ/4相位差層4的膜厚的上限,從薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為5μm以下,更佳為3μm以下,又更佳為2.5μm以下。而且,λ/4相位差層4的膜厚的下限較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.5μm以上,又更佳為0.8μm以上。λ/4相位差層的膜厚可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 The upper limit of the film thickness of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 is preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 3 μm or less, still more preferably 2.5 μm or less, from the viewpoint of thinning. Furthermore, the lower limit of the film thickness of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 is preferably at least 0.1 μm, more preferably at least 0.5 μm, and still more preferably at least 0.8 μm. The film thickness of the λ/4 retardation layer can be measured using an ellipsometer or a contact film thickness meter.

(垂直配向液晶硬化層) (Vertical Alignment Liquid Crystal Hardening Layer)

垂直配向液晶硬化層6係由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所成的層。垂直配向液晶硬化層6所形成的3維折射率橢圓體可具有二軸性,但較佳為具有一軸性。垂直配向液晶硬化層6係由包含相對於垂直配向液晶硬化層6平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所成的垂直配向液晶硬化層。垂直配向液晶硬化層6較佳為棒狀液晶,且較佳為正C板。 The vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 is a layer made of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable liquid crystal compound aligned in a vertical direction with respect to the plane of the liquid crystal cured layer. The three-dimensional refractive index ellipsoid formed by the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6 may have biaxiality, but preferably has uniaxiality. The vertical alignment liquid crystal curable layer 6 is a vertical alignment liquid crystal curable layer made of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable liquid crystal compound aligned in a vertical direction relative to the plane of the vertical alignment liquid crystal curable layer 6 . The vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6 is preferably a rod-shaped liquid crystal, and is preferably a positive C plate.

於垂直配向液晶硬化層6為正C板的情況,垂直配向液晶硬化層6較佳係在垂直配向液晶硬化層6所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係, nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ) In the case that the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6 is a positive C plate, the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6 is preferably in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6, and has The following relationship, nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ)

[式中,nzV(λ)表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率。nxV(λ)表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的方向的最大折射率。nyV(λ)表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxV的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率。但是於nxV(λ)=nyV(λ)的情況,nxV(λ)表示相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的任意方向的折射率];並且滿足下述式(4)至(6)的關係;RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) [In the formula, nzV(λ) represents the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer for light of wavelength λ (nm) in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer. nxV(λ) represents the maximum refractive index in the direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer for light of wavelength λ (nm) in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer. nyV(λ) represents the refractive index of light with wavelength λ (nm) in a direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer and perpendicular to the aforementioned nxV direction in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer . But in the case of nxV(λ)=nyV(λ), nxV(λ) represents the refractive index in any direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer]; and satisfies the relationship of the following formulas (4) to (6); RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4)

1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) 1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5)

-120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6) -120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6)

[式中,RthV(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(λ)係以RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV表示;此處,在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,nzV(λ)表示在波長λ(nm)的相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的主折射率,「(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2」表示在波長λ(nm)的在 液晶硬化層平面的平均折射率;dV表示液晶硬化層的厚度]。 [In the formula, RthV(450) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light of wavelength λ=450nm, and RthV(550) represents the retardation value of the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light of wavelength λ=550nm Value, RthV(650) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light with wavelength λ=650nm, and the retardation value RthV(λ) for the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardened layer for light with wavelength λ(nm) Expressed by RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV; here, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer, nzV(λ) Indicates the main refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer at the wavelength λ (nm), and "(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2" means the main refractive index at the wavelength λ (nm) in the liquid crystal hardening layer The average refractive index of the plane; dV represents the thickness of the liquid crystal hardening layer].

垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(550)超過式(6)的範圍時,可能會導致包含橢圓偏光板的顯示器的斜方向的色相變紅、變藍的問題。厚度方向的相位差值的更佳的範圍為-95nm≦RthV(550)≦-55nm,又更佳的範圍為-90nm≦RthV(550)≦-60nm。垂直配向液晶硬化層的「RthV(450)/RthV(550)」超過1.0時,包含該垂直配向硬化層的橢圓偏光板的在短波長側的從斜方向觀看時之橢圓率劣化。圓偏光板在短波長側的橢圓率劣化而在1.0外且變小時,有損在短波長側作為圓偏光板的功能。該「RthV(450)/RthV(550)」較佳為0.75至0.92,更佳為0.77至0.87,又更佳為0.79至0.85。 When the retardation value RthV(550) in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 exceeds the range of formula (6), it may cause the problem that the hue in the oblique direction of the display including the elliptical polarizer becomes red or blue. A more preferable range of the retardation value in the thickness direction is -95nm≦RthV(550)≦-55nm, and a more preferable range is -90nm≦RthV(550)≦-60nm. When "RthV(450)/RthV(550)" of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer exceeds 1.0, the ellipticity of the elliptically polarizing plate including the vertically aligned hardened layer deteriorates when viewed obliquely on the short wavelength side. When the ellipticity of the circular polarizing plate on the short-wavelength side deteriorates and becomes smaller than 1.0, the function as a circular polarizing plate on the short-wavelength side is impaired. The "RthV(450)/RthV(550)" is preferably from 0.75 to 0.92, more preferably from 0.77 to 0.87, and still more preferably from 0.79 to 0.85.

垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向的相位差值可依垂直配向液晶硬化層的厚度dV而調整。厚度方向的相位差值係由上述式RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV決定,故欲得到所期望的厚度方向的相位差值(RthV(λ):在波長λ(nm)之垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向的相位差值),則調整3維折射率及膜厚dV即可。再者,3維折射率係取決於後述的聚合性液晶化合物的分子結構及配向狀態。 The retardation value in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6 can be adjusted according to the thickness dV of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer. The phase difference value in the thickness direction is determined by the above formula RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV, so it is desired to obtain the desired phase difference in the thickness direction value (RthV(λ): the retardation value in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 at the wavelength λ(nm)), it is only necessary to adjust the three-dimensional refractive index and the film thickness dV. In addition, the three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and alignment state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound described later.

垂直配向液晶硬化層6的膜厚的上限,從薄膜化的觀點來看,較佳為3μm以下,更佳為2.5μm以下,又更佳為2.0μm以下,特佳為1.5μm以下。而且, 垂直配向液晶硬化層6的膜厚的下限較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.3μm以上,又更佳為0.5μm以上。垂直配向液晶硬化層的膜厚可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 The upper limit of the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 2.5 μm or less, still more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and most preferably 1.5 μm or less from the viewpoint of thinning. Furthermore, the lower limit of the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 is preferably at least 0.1 μm, more preferably at least 0.3 μm, and still more preferably at least 0.5 μm. The film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer can be measured using an ellipsometer or a contact film thickness meter.

(聚合性液晶組成物) (polymerizable liquid crystal composition)

λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6較佳係分別由包含配向狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成。聚合性液晶化合物係具有聚合性官能基(特別是光聚合性官能基)的液晶化合物。所謂光聚合性官能基係指可藉由從光聚合引發劑產生的活性自由基、酸等而參與聚合反應的基。光聚合性官能基可舉例如乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基、氧雜環丁烷基等。其中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基,更佳為丙烯醯氧基。液晶性可為熱致液晶,亦可為溶致液晶,就相有序的結構而言,可為向列型液晶,亦可為層列型液晶。 The λ/4 retardation layer 4 and the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6 are preferably composed of polymers of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in an aligned state. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable functional group (especially a photopolymerizable functional group). The photopolymerizable functional group refers to a group that can participate in a polymerization reaction by active radicals, acids, etc. generated from a photopolymerization initiator. Photopolymerizable functional groups include, for example, vinyl, vinyloxy, 1-chlorovinyl, isopropenyl, 4-vinylphenyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy, oxiranyl, Oxetanyl, etc. Among them, acryloxy, methacryloxy, ethyleneoxy, oxiranyl and oxetanyl are preferred, and acryloxy is more preferred. The liquid crystal can be thermotropic liquid crystal or lyotropic liquid crystal. In terms of phase ordered structure, it can be nematic liquid crystal or smectic liquid crystal.

於本發明中,從顯現反波長分散性,較佳從滿足前述式(1)及(2)或(4)及(5)的關係的觀點來看,聚合性液晶化合物較佳為下述式(I)

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0031-2
表示的化合物。 In the present invention, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably of the following formula from the viewpoint of exhibiting inverse wavelength dispersion, preferably from the viewpoint of satisfying the relationship between the aforementioned formulas (1) and (2) or (4) and (5). (I)
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0031-2
indicated compound.

式(I)中,Ar表示可具有取代基的二價芳香族基。此處,所謂芳香族基係指具有平面性的環狀結構的 基,且該環結構所具有的π電子數根據休克爾(Huckel)法則為[4n+2]個。此處,n表示整數。於包含-N=、-S-等雜原子且形成環結構的情況,則包含該等雜原子上的非共價電子對皆滿足休克爾法則,且具有芳香族性的情況也包括在內。該二價芳香族基中,較佳包含氮原子、氧原子、硫原子中之至少1個以上。 In formula (I), Ar represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. Here, the term "aromatic group" refers to a group having a planar ring structure, and the number of π electrons in the ring structure is [4n+2] according to Huckel's law. Here, n represents an integer. In the case of containing heteroatoms such as -N=, -S- and forming a ring structure, the non-covalent electron pairs on these heteroatoms all satisfy Huckel's law, and the case of aromaticity is also included. The divalent aromatic group preferably contains at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.

G1及G2分別獨立地表示二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基。此處,該二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基所含之氫原子可被鹵原子、碳數1至4的烷基、碳數1至4的氟烷基、碳數1至4的烷氧基、氰基或硝基取代,構成該二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基的碳原子可被氧原子、硫原子或氮原子取代。 G 1 and G 2 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group. Here, the hydrogen atom contained in the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be replaced by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, or a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons. The carbon atoms constituting the divalent aromatic group or divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group can be replaced by oxygen atom, sulfur atom or nitrogen atom.

L1、L2、B1及B2分別獨立地為單鍵或二價連結基。 L 1 , L 2 , B 1 and B 2 are each independently a single bond or a divalent linking group.

k、l分別獨立地表示0至3的整數,且滿足1≦k+l的關係。此處,於2≦k+l的情況,B1及B2、G1及G2分別可互為相同,亦可為不同。 k and l each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and satisfy the relationship of 1≦k+l. Here, in the case of 2≦k+l, B 1 and B 2 , G 1 and G 2 may be the same as or different from each other.

E1及E2分別獨立地表示碳數1至17的烷二基,此處,烷二基所含的氫原子可被鹵原子取代,該烷二基所含的-CH2-可被-O-、-S-、-Si-取代。P1及P2分別獨立地表示聚合性基或氫原子,至少1個為聚合性基。 E 1 and E 2 independently represent an alkanediyl group with 1 to 17 carbon atoms, where the hydrogen atom contained in the alkanediyl group may be replaced by a halogen atom, and the -CH 2 - contained in the alkanediyl group may be replaced by - O-, -S-, -Si-substitution. P1 and P2 each independently represent a polymerizable group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of them is a polymerizable group.

G1及G2分別獨立較佳為可被選自由鹵原子及碳數1至4的烷基所成群組的至少1個取代基取代之 1,4-伸苯二基、可被選自由鹵原子及碳數1至4的烷基所成群組的至少1個取代基取代之1,4-環己烷二基,更佳為被甲基取代的1,4-伸苯二基、無取代的1,4-伸苯二基或無取代的1,4-反-環己烷二基,特佳為無取代的1,4-伸苯二基或無取代的1,4-反-環己烷二基。而且,較佳係存在複數個之G1及G2中至少1個為二價脂環式烴基,而且,更佳係鍵結於L1或L2之G1及G2中至少1個為二價脂環式烴基。 G 1 and G 2 are independently preferably 1,4-phenylenediyl groups that may be substituted by at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms and alkyl groups with 1 to 4 carbons, and may be selected from A 1,4-cyclohexanediyl group substituted by at least one substituent consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a 1,4-phenylenediyl group substituted by a methyl group, Unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl or unsubstituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl, particularly preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl or unsubstituted 1,4-trans - cyclohexanediyl. Furthermore, it is preferable that at least one of the plurality of G 1 and G 2 is a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably at least one of the G 1 and G 2 bonded to L 1 or L 2 is Divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group.

L1及L2分別獨立較佳為單鍵、碳數1至4的伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra1ORa2-、-Ra3COORa4-、-Ra5OCORa6-、Ra7OC=OORa8-、-N=N-、-CRc=CRd-或-C≡C-。此處,Ra1至Ra8分別獨立地表示單鍵或碳數1至4的伸烷基,Rc及Rd表示碳數1至4的烷基或氫原子。L1及L2分別獨立更佳為單鍵、-ORa2-1-、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、-COORa4-1-或-OCORa6-1-。此處,Ra2-1、Ra4-1、Ra6-1分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-的任一者。L1及L2分別獨立又更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-COOCH2CH2-或-OCO-。 L 1 and L 2 are each independently preferably a single bond, an alkylene group with 1 to 4 carbons, -O-, -S-, -R a1 OR a2 -, -R a3 COOR a4 -, -R a5 OCOR a6 -, R a7 OC=OOR a8 -, -N=N-, -CR c =CR d - or -C≡C-. Here, R a1 to R a8 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbons, and R c and R d represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons or a hydrogen atom. L 1 and L 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -OR a2-1 -, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COOR a4-1 - or -OCOR a6-1 -. Here, R a2-1 , R a4-1 , and R a6-1 each independently represent any of a single bond, -CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 -. L 1 and L 2 are each independently a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 - or -OCO-.

B1及B2分別獨立較佳為單鍵、碳數1至4的伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra9ORa10-、-Ra11COORa12-、-Ra13OCORa14-或-Ra15OC=OORa16-。此處,Ra9至Ra16分別獨立地表示單鍵或碳數1至4的伸烷基。B1及B2分別獨立更佳為單鍵、-ORa10-1-、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、-COORa12-1-或-OCORa14-1-。此處,Ra10-1、Ra12-1、Ra14-1分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-的任一 者。B1及B2分別獨立又更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-COOCH2CH2-、-OCO-或-OCOCH2CH2-。 B 1 and B 2 are each independently preferably a single bond, an alkylene group with 1 to 4 carbons, -O-, -S-, -R a9 OR a10 -, -R a11 COOR a12 -, -R a13 OCOR a14 -or-R a15 OC=OOR a16- . Here, R a9 to R a16 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. B 1 and B 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -OR a10-1 -, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COOR a12-1 - or -OCOR a14-1- . Here, R a10-1 , R a12-1 , and R a14-1 each independently represent any of a single bond, -CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 -. B 1 and B 2 are each independently a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 -, -OCO- or -OCOCH 2 CH 2 -.

從顯現反波長分散性的觀點來看,k及l較佳為2≦k+l≦6的範圍,以k+l=4為較佳,以k=2且l=2為更佳。k=2且l=2時,因成為對稱結構,所以又更佳。 From the viewpoint of expressing inverse wavelength dispersion, k and l are preferably in the range of 2≦k+l≦6, preferably k+l=4, and more preferably k=2 and l=2. When k=2 and l=2, since it becomes a symmetrical structure, it is more preferable.

E1及E2分別獨立較佳為碳數1至17的烷二基,更佳為碳數4至12的烷二基。 E 1 and E 2 are each independently preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkanediyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms.

以P1或P2表示的聚合性基可舉例如環氧基、乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基等。該等之中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基,更佳為丙烯醯氧基。 The polymerizable group represented by P1 or P2 can be, for example, epoxy group, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, 1-chlorovinyl group, isopropenyl group, 4-vinylphenyl group, acryloxy group, methacrylic group Acyloxy group, oxirane group and oxetanyl group, etc. Among these, acryloxy, methacryloxy, vinyloxy, oxiranyl and oxetanyl are preferred, and acryloxy is more preferred.

Ar較佳為具有選自由可具有取代基的芳香族烴環、可具有取代基的芳香族雜環及吸引電子基中至少一者。該芳香族烴環可舉例如苯環、萘環、蒽環等,較佳為苯環、萘環。該芳香族雜環可舉例如呋喃環、苯並呋喃環、吡咯環、吲哚環、噻吩環、苯並噻吩環、吡啶環、吡

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0034-31
環、嘧啶環、三唑環、三
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0034-32
環、吡咯啉環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噻唑環、苯並噻唑環、噻吩並噻唑環、
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0034-33
唑環、苯並
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0034-34
唑環及啡啉(phenanthroline)環等。該等之中,較佳為具有噻唑環、苯並噻唑環或苯並呋喃環,更佳為具有苯並噻唑環。而且,於Ar包含氮原子的情況,該氮原子較佳具 有π電子。 Ar preferably has at least one selected from an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic ring, and an electron-attracting group. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring may, for example, be a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, etc., preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring. The aromatic heterocycle can be, for example, furan ring, benzofuran ring, pyrrole ring, indole ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring,
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0034-31
ring, pyrimidine ring, triazole ring, three
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0034-32
ring, pyrroline ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, thienothiazole ring,
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0034-33
Azole ring, benzo
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0034-34
Azole ring and phenanthroline (phenanthroline) ring, etc. Among these, it is preferable to have a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, or a benzofuran ring, and it is more preferable to have a benzothiazole ring. Also, in the case where Ar contains a nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom preferably has π electrons.

式(I)中,Ar所表示的2價芳香族基所含的π電子的合計數目Nx較佳為8以上,更佳為10以上,又更佳為14以上,特佳為16以上。而且,較佳為30以下,更佳為26以下,又更佳為24以下。 In formula (I), the total number N x of π electrons contained in the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar is preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 14 or more, particularly preferably 16 or more. And, it is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 26 or less, and still more preferably 24 or less.

Ar所表示的芳香族基可舉例如以下的基。 The aromatic group represented by Ar includes, for example, the following groups.

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0035-3
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0035-3

式(Ar-1)至式(Ar-22)中,*記號表示連結部,Z0、Z1及Z2分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子、碳數1至12的烷基、氰基、硝基、碳數1至12的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數1至12的烷基磺醯基、羧基、碳數1至12的氟烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、碳數1至12的烷硫基、碳數1至12的N-烷基胺基、碳數2至12的N,N-二烷基胺基、碳數1至12的N-烷基胺磺醯基或碳數2至12的N,N-二烷基胺磺醯基。 In the formula (Ar-1) to the formula (Ar-22), the symbol * represents a linking part, and Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cyano group , nitro, alkylsulfinyl with 1 to 12 carbons, alkylsulfonyl with 1 to 12 carbons, carboxyl, fluoroalkyl with 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy with 1 to 6 carbons , Alkylthio with 1 to 12 carbons, N-alkylamino with 1 to 12 carbons, N,N-dialkylamino with 2 to 12 carbons, N-alkyl with 1 to 12 carbons sulfamoyl group or N,N-dialkylsulfamoyl group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms.

Q1及Q2分別獨立地表示-CR2’R3’-、-S-、-NH-、-NR2’-、-CO-或-O-,R2’及R3’分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1至4的烷基。 Q 1 and Q 2 independently represent -CR 2' R 3' -, -S-, -NH-, -NR 2' -, -CO- or -O-, R 2' and R 3' are independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

J1及J2分別獨立地表示碳原子或氮原子。 J 1 and J 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.

Y1、Y2及Y3分別獨立地表示可被取代的芳香族烴基或芳香族雜環基。 Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted.

W1及W2分別獨立地表示氫原子、氰基、甲基或鹵原子,m表示0至6的整數。 W 1 and W 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a halogen atom, and m represents an integer of 0 to 6.

Y1、Y2及Y3中的芳香族烴基可舉例如苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基等碳數6至20的芳香族烴基,較佳為苯基、萘基,更佳為苯基。芳香族雜環基可舉例如呋喃基、吡咯基、噻吩基、吡啶基、噻唑基、苯並噻唑基等包含至少1個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子等雜原子的碳數4至20的芳香族雜環基,較佳為呋喃基、噻吩基、吡啶基、噻唑基、苯並噻唑基。 The aromatic hydrocarbon groups in Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 can be, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, biphenyl and other aromatic hydrocarbon groups with 6 to 20 carbons, preferably phenyl and naphthyl , more preferably phenyl. The aromatic heterocyclic group can be, for example, furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, etc., containing at least one heteroatom such as nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, etc., having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. The aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, and benzothiazolyl.

Y1及Y2可分別獨立地為可被取代的多環系 芳香族烴基或多環系芳香族雜環基。多環系芳香族烴基係指稠合多環系芳香族烴基或來自聯芳香環的基。多環系芳香族雜環基係指稠合多環系芳香族雜環基或來自聯芳香族雜環的基。 Y 1 and Y 2 may each independently be an optionally substituted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. The polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to a condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a group derived from a double aromatic ring. The polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group refers to a condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group or a group derived from a biaromatic heterocyclic ring.

Z0、Z1及Z2分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、鹵原子、碳數1至12的烷基、氰基、硝基、碳數1至12的烷氧基,Z0更佳為氫原子、碳數1至12的烷基、氰基,Z1及Z2更佳為氫原子、氟原子、氯原子、甲基、氰基。 Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 are independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbons, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group with 1 to 12 carbons, and Z 0 is more preferably A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbons, and a cyano group, and Z1 and Z2 are more preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, or a cyano group.

Q1及Q2較佳為-NH-、-S-、-NR2’-、-O-,R2’較佳為氫原子。其中,特佳為-S-、-O-、-NH-。 Q 1 and Q 2 are preferably -NH-, -S-, -NR 2' -, -O-, and R 2' is preferably a hydrogen atom. Among them, particularly preferred are -S-, -O-, and -NH-.

Ar1所表示的芳香族基可舉例如以下的式(Ar-23)所表示的基。 The aromatic group represented by Ar 1 includes, for example, a group represented by the following formula (Ar-23).

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0037-4
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0037-4

式(Ar-23)中,*、Z1、Z2、Q1及Q2表示與前述相同的意義,U1表示可鍵結有取代基的第14族至第16族的非金屬原子。第14族至第16族的非金屬原子可舉例如碳原子、氮原子、氧原子及硫原子,較佳可舉例如=O、=S、=NR’及=C(R’)R’等。取代基R’可舉例如氫原子、鹵原子、烷基、鹵烷基、烯基、芳香基、氰基、胺基、硝基、亞硝基、羧基、碳數1至6的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數1至6的烷基磺醯 基、碳數1至6的氟烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、碳數1至6的烷基硫基、碳數1至6的N-烷基胺基、碳數2至12的N,N-二烷基胺基、碳數1至6的N-烷基胺磺醯基、碳數2至12的二烷基胺磺醯基等,非金屬原子為碳原子(C)的情況之2個R’可互為相同,亦可為不同。 In formula (Ar-23), *, Z 1 , Z 2 , Q 1 and Q 2 have the same meanings as above, and U 1 represents a non-metallic atom of Group 14 to Group 16 to which a substituent may be bonded. The non-metallic atoms of Groups 14 to 16 can be, for example, carbon atoms, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms, and more preferred examples include =O, =S, =NR', and =C(R')R', etc. . The substituent R' can be, for example, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a nitro group, a nitroso group, a carboxyl group, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, Sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl with 1 to 6 carbons, fluoroalkyl with 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy with 1 to 6 carbons, alkylthio with 1 to 6 carbons, 1 to 6 carbons N-alkylamine groups with 2 to 6 carbons, N,N-dialkylamino groups with 2 to 12 carbons, N-alkylsulfamoyl groups with 1 to 6 carbons, dialkyl groups with 2 to 12 carbons When the nonmetal atom is a carbon atom (C) such as a sulfamoyl group, two R's may be the same or different from each other.

式(Ar-1)至(Ar-23)中,從分子的安定性的觀點來看,較佳為式(Ar-6)及式(Ar-7)。 Among formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-23), formula (Ar-6) and formula (Ar-7) are preferable from the viewpoint of molecular stability.

於式(Ar-16)至(Ar-22)中,Y1可與其所鍵結的氮原子及Z0一起形成芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基可舉例如前述中作為Ar可具有的芳香族雜環基者,可舉例如吡咯環、咪唑環、吡咯啉環、吡啶環、吡

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0038-37
環、嘧啶環、吲哚環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、嘌呤環、吡咯啶環等。該芳香族雜環基可具有取代基。而且,Y1可與其所鍵結的氮原子及Z0一起為前述可被取代的多環系芳香族烴基或多環系芳香族雜環基。可舉例如苯並呋喃環、苯並噻唑環、苯並
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0038-36
唑環等。再者,前述式(I)所表示的化合物可例如根據日本特開2010-31223號公報記載的方法製造。 In formulas (Ar-16) to (Ar-22), Y 1 may form an aromatic heterocyclic group together with the nitrogen atom to which it is bonded and Z 0 . The aromatic heterocyclic group can be, for example, those mentioned above as the aromatic heterocyclic group that Ar can have, such as pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrroline ring, pyridine ring, pyrroline ring,
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0038-37
ring, pyrimidine ring, indole ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, purine ring, pyrrolidine ring, etc. This aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Furthermore, Y 1 may be the aforementioned polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted, together with the nitrogen atom to which it is bonded and Z 0 . For example, benzofuran ring, benzothiazole ring, benzo
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0038-36
Azole ring etc. In addition, the compound represented by said formula (I) can be manufactured according to the method described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-31223, for example.

聚合性液晶化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。於併用2種以上的情況,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,前述式(I)所表示的化合物的含量較佳為50質量份以上,更佳為70質量份以上,又更佳為80質量份以上。 A polymeric liquid crystal compound can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. When two or more are used in combination, the content of the compound represented by the aforementioned formula (I) is preferably at least 50 parts by mass, more preferably at least 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 80 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. parts by mass or more.

聚合性液晶組成物可更包含溶劑、光聚合引發劑、聚合抑制劑、光敏劑、調平劑、密接性改良劑、 二色性色素等添加劑。該等添加劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may further include additives such as a solvent, a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, a photosensitizer, a leveling agent, an adhesion improving agent, and a dichroic pigment. These additives can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

相對於聚合性液晶組成物的固體成分100質量份,聚合性液晶化合物的含量例如為70至99.5質量份,較佳為80至99質量份,更佳為90至98質量份。含量為上述範圍內時,層的配向性有變高的傾向。此處,所謂固體成分係指從組成物除去溶劑所得的成分的合計量。 The content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is, for example, 70 to 99.5 parts by mass, preferably 80 to 99 parts by mass, more preferably 90 to 98 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. When the content is within the above range, the orientation of the layer tends to be high. Here, the term "solid content" refers to the total amount of components obtained by removing the solvent from the composition.

溶劑可使用在補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑。相對於聚合性液晶組成物100質量份,溶劑的含量較佳為50至98質量份,更佳為70至95質量份。所以,組成物100質量份中所佔的固體成分較佳為2至50質量份。組成物的固體成分為50質量份以下時,由於組成物的黏度變低,故層的厚度變得約略均勻,而有層不易產生不均勻的傾向。上述固體成分,可考慮所欲製造的層的厚度而適當地決定。 As the solvent, the solvents exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer can be used. The content of the solvent is preferably from 50 to 98 parts by mass, more preferably from 70 to 95 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Therefore, the solid content in 100 parts by mass of the composition is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass. When the solid content of the composition is 50 parts by mass or less, since the viscosity of the composition becomes low, the thickness of the layer becomes approximately uniform, and unevenness tends to be less likely to occur in the layer. The above-mentioned solid content can be appropriately determined in consideration of the thickness of the layer to be produced.

光聚合引發劑可使用在補強層的項目中所例示的光聚合引發劑。相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,光聚合引發劑的添加量通常為0.1至30質量份,較佳為1至20質量份,更佳為1至15質量份。若為上述範圍內,則充分進行聚合性基的反應且不易擾亂聚合性液晶化合物的配向。 As the photopolymerization initiator, the photopolymerization initiators exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer can be used. The amount of the photopolymerization initiator added is usually 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. If it is in the said range, the reaction of a polymeric group will fully progress and it will become difficult to disturb the alignment of a polymeric liquid crystal compound.

藉由調配聚合抑制劑,可控制聚合性液晶化合物的聚合反應。聚合抑制劑可舉例如:氫醌及具有烷基醚等取代基的氫醌類;丁基鄰苯二酚等具有烷基醚等取 代基的鄰苯二酚類;鄰苯三酚類;2,2,6,6-四甲基-1-哌啶氧基自由基等自由基捕捉劑;苯硫酚類;β-萘基胺類及β-萘酚類。為了不擾亂聚合性液晶化合物的配向且聚合聚合性液晶化合物,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,聚合抑制劑的含量通常為0.01至10質量份,較佳為0.1至5質量份,更佳為0.1至3質量份。聚合抑制劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 By formulating a polymerization inhibitor, the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be controlled. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include: hydroquinone and hydroquinones having substituents such as alkyl ethers; catechols having substituents such as alkyl ethers such as butylcatechol; pyrogallols; , 2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidinyloxy radical and other free radical scavengers; thiophenols; β-naphthylamines and β-naphthols. In order not to disturb the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and to polymerize the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass. A polymerization inhibitor can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

再者,藉由使用光敏劑,可使光聚合引發劑高感度化。光敏劑可舉例如:氧雜蒽酮、硫雜蒽酮等氧雜蒽酮類;蒽及具有烷基醚等取代基的蒽類;啡噻

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0040-38
;紅螢烯。光敏劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,光敏劑的含量通常為0.01至10質量份,較佳為0.05至5質量份,更佳為0.1至3質量份。 Furthermore, by using a photosensitizer, the sensitivity of a photoinitiator can be made high. Photosensitizers include, for example: xanthones such as xanthone and thioxanthone; anthracenes and anthracenes with substituents such as alkyl ethers;
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0040-38
; rubrene. A photosensitizer can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. The content of the photosensitizer is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

所謂調平劑係具有調整硬化性組成物的流動性且使塗佈組成物所得之層更平坦的功能的添加劑,可舉例如矽烷偶合劑等聚矽氧系及聚丙烯酸酯系及全氟烷基系調平劑。具體而言,可舉例如:DC3PA、SH7PA、DC11PA、SH28PA、SH29PA、SH30PA、ST80PA、ST86PA、SH8400、SH8700、FZ2123(以上全部為Toray.Dow Corning(股)公司製);KP321、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341、X22-161A、KF6001、KBM-1003、KBE-1003、KBM-303、KBM-402、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-1403、KBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、 KBM-602、KBM-603、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBE-9103、KBM-573、KBM-575、KBE-585、KBM-802、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-846、KBE-9007(以上全部為信越化學工業(股)公司製);TSF400、TSF401、TSF410、TSF4300、TSF4440、TSF4445、TSF-4446、TSF4452、TSF4460(以上全部為Momentive Performance Materials Japan LLC公司製);Fluorinert(註冊商標)FC-72、Fluorinert FC-40、Fluorinert FC-43、Fluorinert FC-3283(以上全部為住友3M(股)公司製);Megafac(註冊商標)R-08、Megafac R-30、Megafac R-90、Megafac F-410、Megafac F-411、Megafac F-443、Megafac F-445、Megafac F-470、Megafac F-477、Megafac F-479、Megafac F-482、Megafac F-483(以上皆為DIC(股)公司製);EFTOP(商品名)EF301、EFTOP EF303、EFTOP EF351、EFTOP EF352(以上全部為三菱材料電子化成(股)公司製);SURFLON(註冊商標)S-381、SURFLON S-382、SURFLON S-383、SURFLON S-393、SURFLON SC-101、SURFLON SC-105、KH-40、SA-100(以上全部為AGC Seimi Chemical(股)公司製);商品名E1830、商品名W5844(DAIKIN Fine Chemicals研究所(股)製);BM-1000、BM-1100、BYK-352、BYK-353及BYK-361N(皆為商品名:BM Chemie公司製)等。調平劑可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The so-called leveling agent is an additive that has the function of adjusting the fluidity of the curable composition and making the layer obtained by coating the composition more flat, such as polysiloxane, polyacrylate, and perfluoroalkane, such as silane coupling agents. Base leveling agent. Specifically, for example: DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, ST80PA, ST86PA, SH8400, SH8700, FZ2123 (all of the above are manufactured by Toray.Dow Corning Co., Ltd.); KP321, KP323, KP324, KP326, KP340, KP341, X22-161A, KF6001, KBM-1003, KBE-1003, KBM-303, KBM-402, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403, KBM-1403, KBM-502, KBM- 503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-602, KBM-603, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBE-9103, KBM-573, KBM-575, KBE-585, KBM-802, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-846, KBE-9007 (all of the above are made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); All are manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Japan LLC); Fluorinert (registered trademark) FC-72, Fluorinert FC-40, Fluorinert FC-43, Fluorinert FC-3283 (all above are manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.); Megafac (registered Trademark) R-08, Megafac R-30, Megafac R-90, Megafac F-410, Megafac F-411, Megafac F-443, Megafac F-445, Megafac F-470, Megafac F-477, Megafac F-479 , Megafac F-482, Megafac F-483 (all of the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation); EFTOP (trade name) EF301, EFTOP EF303, EFTOP EF351, EFTOP EF352 (all of the above are manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation) ); SURFLON (registered trademark) S-381, SURFLON S-382, SURFLON S-383, SURFLON S-393, SURFLON SC-101, SURFLON SC-105, KH-40, SA-100 (all of the above are AGC Seimi Chemical (stock) company); trade name E1830, trade name W5844 (DAIKIN Fine Chemicals Research Institute (stock) system); BM-1000, BM-1100, BYK-352, BYK-353 and BYK-361N (all trade names : manufactured by BM Chemie), etc. A leveling agent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,調平劑的含量較佳為0.01至5質量份,更佳為0.05至3質量份。調平劑的含量為上述範圍內時,所得之層有更平滑 的傾向,所以較佳。所謂二色性色素係指具有分子的在長軸方向之吸光度與在短軸方向之吸光度不同的性質的色素,二色性色素較佳為具有吸收可見光的特性,更佳為在380至680nm的範圍具有吸收最大波長(λMAX)者。如此的二色性色素可舉例如吖啶色素、

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0042-39
色素、花青色素、萘色素、偶氮色素及蒽醌色素等,其中較佳為偶氮色素。偶氮色素可舉例如單偶氮色素、雙偶氮色素、三偶氮色素、四偶氮色素及二苯乙烯偶氮色素等,較佳為雙偶氮色素及三偶氮色素。二色性色素可單獨或組合,為了在可見光全部區域得到吸收,較佳為組合3種以上的二色性色素,更佳為組合3種以上的偶氮色素。 The content of the leveling agent is preferably from 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 3 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. When the content of the leveling agent is within the above range, the obtained layer tends to be smoother, which is preferable. The so-called dichroic pigment refers to a pigment that has different absorbance in the direction of the long axis and the absorbance in the direction of the short axis of the molecule. The dichroic pigment preferably has the characteristic of absorbing visible light, and is more preferably at 380 to 680nm. The range has a maximum absorption wavelength (λMAX). Such dichroic dyes can be, for example, acridine dyes,
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0042-39
pigments, cyanine pigments, naphthalene pigments, azo pigments and anthraquinone pigments, among which azo pigments are preferred. Examples of azo dyes include monoazo dyes, disazo dyes, trisazo dyes, tetrazo dyes, and stilbene azo dyes, preferably disazo dyes and trisazo dyes. The dichroic dyes may be used alone or in combination, but in order to absorb in the entire range of visible light, it is preferable to combine three or more dichroic dyes, and it is more preferable to combine three or more azo dyes.

偶氮色素可舉例如下述式(II)所示之化合物(以下有時稱為「化合物(II)」)。 Examples of the azo dye include compounds represented by the following formula (II) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (II)").

T1-A1(-N=N-A2)p-N=N-A3-T2 (II)[式(II)中,A1、A2及A3分別獨立地表示可具有取代基的1,4-伸苯基、萘-1,4-二基或可具有取代基的2價雜環基,T1及T2為吸引電子基或釋出電子基,相對於偶氮鍵結面內而言在實質上180°的位置具有。p表示0至4的整數。於p為2以上的情況,各A2可互為相同,亦可為不同。在可見光區域顯示吸收的範圍中-N=N-鍵可被-C=C-、-COO-、-NHCO-或-N=CH-鍵取代] T 1 -A 1 (-N=NA 2 ) p -N=NA 3 -T 2 (II) [In formula (II), A 1 , A 2 and A 3 each independently represent 1 which may have a substituent, 4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,4-diyl or divalent heterocyclic group that may have substituents, T 1 and T 2 are electron-absorbing groups or electron-releasing groups, relative to the azo bonding plane It is said that it has at the position of substantially 180°. p represents an integer of 0 to 4. When p is 2 or more, each A 2 may be the same as or different from each other. -N=N- bond may be replaced by -C=C-, -COO-, -NHCO- or -N=CH- bond in the range showing absorption in the visible region]

A1、A2及A3中之1,4-伸苯基、萘-1,4-二基及2價雜環基所具有的任意取代基可舉例如:甲基、乙基 及丁基等碳數1至4的烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基及丁氧基等碳數1至4的烷氧基;三氟甲基等碳數1至4的氟烷基;氰基;硝基;氯原子、氟原子等鹵原子;胺基、二乙基胺基及吡咯啶基等取代或無取代胺基(所謂取代胺基係指具有1個或2個碳數1至6的烷基的胺基、或者2個取代烷基互相鍵結而形成有碳數2至8的烷二基的胺基。無取代胺基為-NH2)。再者,碳數1至6的烷基可舉例如甲基、乙基及己基等。碳數2至8的烷二基可舉例如伸乙基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、辛烷-1,8-二基等。為了被包括於如層列狀液晶等高度有序的液晶結構中,A1、A2及A3較佳為無取代或氫被甲基或甲氧基取代的1,4-伸苯基或2價雜環基,p較佳為0或1。其中,p為1且A1、A2及A3的3個結構中至少2個為1,4-伸苯基,就具有分子合成的簡便性及高性能兩者之點而言為更佳。 The optional substituents of 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,4-diyl, and divalent heterocyclic groups in A 1 , A 2, and A 3 include, for example, methyl, ethyl, and butyl Alkyl groups with 1 to 4 carbons; alkoxy groups with 1 to 4 carbons such as methoxy, ethoxy and butoxy; fluoroalkyl groups with 1 to 4 carbons such as trifluoromethyl; cyano; Nitro; halogen atoms such as chlorine atom and fluorine atom; substituted or unsubstituted amine groups such as amine group, diethylamino group and pyrrolidinyl group (the so-called substituted amine group refers to those having 1 or 2 carbon numbers from 1 to 6 An alkyl amino group, or an amino group in which two substituted alkyl groups are bonded to each other to form an alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. The unsubstituted amino group is -NH 2 ). Furthermore, examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, and hexyl. The alkanediyl group with 2 to 8 carbons can be exemplified by ethylidene, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, pentane-1, 5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8-diyl, etc. In order to be included in highly ordered liquid crystal structures such as smectic liquid crystals, A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are preferably 1,4-phenylene or phenylene with no substitution or hydrogen substituted by methyl or methoxy As a divalent heterocyclic group, p is preferably 0 or 1. Among them, p is 1 and at least two of the three structures of A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are 1,4-phenylene groups, which is more preferable in terms of both the simplicity of molecular synthesis and high performance .

2價雜環基可舉例如從喹啉、噻唑、苯並噻唑、噻吩並噻唑、咪唑、苯並咪唑、

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0043-40
唑及苯並
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0043-41
唑中除去2個氫原子而得的基。於A2為2價雜環基的情況,較佳係分子鍵結角度實質上成為180°的結構,具體而言,更佳係2個5員環稠合而成的苯並噻唑、苯並咪唑、苯並
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0043-42
唑結構。 The 2-valent heterocyclic group can be exemplified from quinoline, thiazole, benzothiazole, thienothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole,
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0043-40
Azole and benzo
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0043-41
A group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an azole. When A2 is a divalent heterocyclic group, it is preferably a structure in which the molecular bonding angle becomes substantially 180°, and specifically, benzothiazole, benzo imidazole, benzo
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0043-42
azole structure.

T1及T2為吸引電子基或釋出電子基,較佳為不同的結構,更佳係T1為吸引電子基及T2為釋出電子基或者T1為釋出電子基及T2為吸引電子基之關係。具體 而言,T1及T2互相獨立地較佳為碳數1至4的烷基、碳數1至4的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、具有1個或2個碳數1至6的烷基的胺基或者2個取代烷基互相鍵結而形成有碳數2至8的烷二基的胺基、或三氟甲基,其中為了被包括於如層列狀液晶等高度有序的液晶結構中,必須為分子的排除體積更小的結構體,故較佳為碳數1至6的烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、氰基、具有1個或2個碳數1至6的烷基的胺基或者2個取代烷基互相鍵結而形成有碳數2至8的烷二基的胺基。 T1 and T2 are electron-absorbing groups or electron-releasing groups, preferably different structures, more preferably T1 is electron-absorbing groups and T2 is electron-releasing groups or T1 is electron-releasing groups and T2 For the relationship of attracting electron groups. Specifically, T1 and T2 are independently preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 4 carbons, a cyano group, a nitro group, and one or two groups with 1 to 4 carbons. An amino group of an alkyl group of 6 or an amino group of an alkanediyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8 formed by bonding two substituted alkyl groups to each other, or a trifluoromethyl group, wherein in order to be included in a height such as a smectic liquid crystal In an ordered liquid crystal structure, it must be a structure with a smaller excluded volume of the molecule, so it is preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, a cyano group, and one or two An amine group of an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons or an amine group in which two substituted alkyl groups are bonded to each other to form an alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbons.

如此的偶氮色素可舉例如以下者。 Examples of such azo dyes include the following.

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0044-5
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0044-5

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0044-6
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0044-6

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0044-7
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0044-7

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0045-8
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0045-8

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0045-9
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0045-9

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0045-10
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0045-10

式(2-1)至(2-6)中,B1至B20分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1至6的烷基、碳數1至6的烷氧基、氰基、硝基、取代或無取代胺基(取代胺基及無取代胺基的定義係如同前述)、氯原子或三氟甲基。而且,從得到高偏光性能的觀點來看,B2、B6、B9、B14、B18、B19較佳為氫原子或甲基,更佳氫原子。 In formulas (2-1) to (2-6), B 1 to B 20 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, a cyano group, a nitro group , substituted or unsubstituted amino group (the definition of substituted amino group and unsubstituted amino group is the same as above), chlorine atom or trifluoromethyl group. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of obtaining high polarizing performance, B 2 , B 6 , B 9 , B 14 , B 18 , and B 19 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom.

n1至n4分別獨立地表示0至3的整數。 n1 to n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3.

於n1為2以上的情況,複數個B2分別可為相同,亦可為不同;於n2為2以上的情況,複數個B6分別可為相同,亦可為不同;於n3為2以上的情況,複數個B9分別可為相同,亦可為不同;於n4為2以上的情況,複數個B14分別可為相同,亦可為不同。 When n1 is 2 or more, the plurality of B2s may be the same or different; when n2 is 2 or more, the plurality of B6s may be the same or different; when n3 is 2 or more In this case, the plurality of B 9 may be the same or different; when n4 is 2 or more, the plurality of B 14 may be the same or different.

前述蒽醌色素,較佳為式(2-7)所表示的化合物。 The aforementioned anthraquinone dye is preferably a compound represented by formula (2-7).

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0046-11
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0046-11

[式(2-7)中,R1至R8分別獨立地表示氫原子、-Rx、-NH2、-NHRx、-NRx 2、-SRx或鹵原子。 [In the formula (2-7), R 1 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x or a halogen atom.

Rx表示碳數1至4的烷基或碳數6至12的芳香基]前述

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0046-43
色素較佳為式(2-8)所表示的化合物。 R x represents an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons] as mentioned above
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0046-43
The pigment is preferably a compound represented by formula (2-8).

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0046-12
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0046-12

[式(2-8)中,R9至R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、-Rx、-NH2、-NHRx、-NRx 2、-SRx或鹵原子。 [In the formula (2-8), R 9 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x or a halogen atom.

Rx表示碳數1至4的烷基或碳數6至12的芳香基] R x represents an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons]

前述吖啶色素較佳為式(2-9)所表示的化合物。 The aforementioned acridine dye is preferably a compound represented by formula (2-9).

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0047-15
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0047-15

[式(2-9)中,R16至R23分別獨立地表示氫原子、-Rx、-NH2、-NHRx、-NRx 2、-SRx或鹵原子。 [In the formula (2-9), R 16 to R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x or a halogen atom.

Rx表示碳數1至4的烷基或碳數6至12的芳香基] R x represents an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons]

式(2-7)、式(2-8)及式(2-9)中之Rx所表示的碳數1至4的烷基可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基及己基等,碳數6至12的芳香基可舉例如苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基等。 The alkyl groups with 1 to 4 carbons represented by R x in formula (2-7), formula (2-8) and formula (2-9) can be for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, Pentyl, hexyl, etc., and the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons include, for example, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, and the like.

前述花青色素較佳為式(2-10)所表示的化合物及式(2-11)所表示的化合物。 The aforementioned cyanine pigment is preferably a compound represented by formula (2-10) or a compound represented by formula (2-11).

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0047-14
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0047-14

[式(2-10)中,D1及D2分別獨立地表示式(2-10a)至式(2-10d)的任一式所表示的基。 [In formula (2-10), D 1 and D 2 each independently represent a group represented by any one of formula (2-10a) to formula (2-10d).

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0047-16
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0047-16

n5表示1至3的整數] n5 represents an integer from 1 to 3]

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0048-17
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0048-17

[式(2-11)中,D3及D4分別獨立地表示式(2-11a)至式(2-11h)的任一式所表示的基。 [In formula (2-11), D 3 and D 4 each independently represent a group represented by any one of formula (2-11a) to formula (2-11h).

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0048-18
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0048-18

n6表示1至3的整數] n6 represents an integer from 1 to 3]

從得到良好的光吸收特性的觀點來看,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,二色性色素的含量(包含複數種的情況則為其合計量)通常為0.1至30質量份,較佳為1至20質量份,更佳為3至15質量份。二色性色素的含量少於該範圍時,光吸收變得不足,無法得到充分的偏光性能,多於該範圍時,有阻礙液晶分子的配向的情況。 From the viewpoint of obtaining good light-absorbing properties, the content of the dichroic dye (or the total amount when a plurality of them are included) is usually 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. 1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 15 parts by mass. When the content of the dichroic dye is less than this range, light absorption becomes insufficient and sufficient polarizing performance cannot be obtained, and when it is more than this range, alignment of liquid crystal molecules may be hindered.

聚合性液晶組成物可藉由將聚合性液晶化合物及添加劑等聚合性液晶化合物以外的成分在預定溫度攪拌等而得。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition can be obtained by, for example, stirring components other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compound such as the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and additives at a predetermined temperature.

λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6較 佳係形成於會賦予配向控管力的配向層上。更詳細而言,λ/4相位差層4,可將前述聚合性液晶組成物塗佈於配向層5上,然後除去溶劑,將包含配向狀態的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合性液晶組成物藉由加熱及/或活性能量線使其硬化而得。垂直配向液晶硬化層6,可將前述聚合性液晶組成物塗佈於垂直配向層7上,然後除去溶劑,將包含配向狀態的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合性液晶組成物藉由加熱及/或活性能量線使其硬化而得。 The λ/4 retardation layer 4 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6 are preferably formed on the alignment layer that imparts alignment control force. More specifically, for the λ/4 retardation layer 4, the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal composition can be coated on the alignment layer 5, and then the solvent is removed, and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition including the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment state is passed through Hardened by heating and/or active energy rays. For the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6, the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal composition can be coated on the vertical alignment layer 7, and then the solvent is removed, and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment state is heated and/or activated It is obtained by hardening the energy line.

塗佈聚合性液晶組成物於配向層5或垂直配向層7上的方法可舉例如於補強層的項目中所例示的塗佈方法A。除去溶劑的方法可舉例如於補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑除去方法A。照射的活性能量線係依據聚合性液晶化合物的種類、於包含光聚合引發劑的情況之光聚合引發劑的種類及該等的量而適當地選擇。活性能量線、其光源可使用補強層的項目中所例示者。而且,對聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的情況,紫外線照射強度、照射時間及累積光量也可在補強層的項目中所例示的範圍使用。於累積光量為上述記載的範圍以下的情況,聚合性液晶化合物的硬化變得不足,補強性有不足的情況。相反地,於累積光量為上述記載的範圍以上的情況,橢圓偏光板有著色的情況。 The method of coating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition on the alignment layer 5 or the vertical alignment layer 7 can be, for example, the coating method A exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer. The method for removing the solvent may, for example, be the solvent removal method A exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer. The active energy ray to be irradiated is appropriately selected depending on the kind of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the kind of the photopolymerization initiator when the photopolymerization initiator is contained, and the amount thereof. The active energy line and its light source can use those exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer. Furthermore, when irradiating ultraviolet rays to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, the ultraviolet irradiation intensity, irradiation time, and cumulative light intensity can also be used within the ranges exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer. When the accumulated light amount is below the range described above, the curing of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound becomes insufficient, and the reinforcing property may be insufficient. Conversely, when the accumulated light quantity is more than the range described above, the elliptically polarizing plate may be colored.

[配向層] [Alignment layer]

配向層5具有使聚合性液晶化合物在預定方向配向的配向控管力。例如配向層5若是會顯現水平配向控管力作 為配向控管力的材料,則聚合性液晶化合物可形成水平配向或混合配向,若是會顯現垂直配向控管力的材料,則聚合性液晶化合物可形成垂直配向或傾斜配向。而且,由於垂直配向液晶硬化層6所含的聚合性液晶化合物形成垂直配向,故垂直配向層7係由顯現垂直配向控管力的材料所構成。配向控管力可藉由配向層的種類、表面狀態、摩擦條件等而任意地調整,於由光配向性聚合物形成的情況,可藉由偏光照射條件等而任意地調整。而且,可藉由選擇聚合性液晶化合物的表面張力、液晶性等物性而控制液晶配向。 The alignment layer 5 has an alignment control force for aligning the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a predetermined direction. For example, if the alignment layer 5 can exhibit horizontal alignment control force as a material for alignment control force, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can form horizontal alignment or mixed alignment; if it can exhibit vertical alignment control force, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be Form vertical alignment or oblique alignment. Moreover, since the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6 forms vertical alignment, the vertical alignment layer 7 is made of a material that exhibits vertical alignment control force. The alignment control force can be arbitrarily adjusted by the type of alignment layer, surface state, rubbing conditions, etc., and in the case of a photo-alignment polymer, it can be arbitrarily adjusted by polarized light irradiation conditions, etc. Moreover, liquid crystal alignment can be controlled by selecting physical properties such as surface tension and liquid crystallinity of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

配向層5或配向層7較佳係具有不因聚合性液晶組成物的塗佈等而溶解的耐溶劑性,且具有在用以除去溶劑、聚合性液晶化合物的配向之加熱處理之耐熱性者。 Alignment layer 5 or alignment layer 7 preferably has solvent resistance that does not dissolve due to coating of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, etc., and has heat resistance for solvent removal and heat treatment for alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. .

顯現使λ/4相位差層4在水平方向配向的配向控管力的水平配向層可舉例如摩擦配向層、光配向層及表面具有凹凸圖形、複數個溝槽的溝槽配向層等。例如於應用在長條卷狀膜的情況,就可容易地控制配向方向之點而言,較佳為光配向層。 The horizontal alignment layer exhibiting the alignment control force for aligning the λ/4 retardation layer 4 in the horizontal direction may be, for example, a rubbed alignment layer, a photo alignment layer, and a groove alignment layer with a concave-convex pattern or a plurality of grooves on the surface. For example, when applied to a long roll film, a photo-alignment layer is preferable because the alignment direction can be easily controlled.

摩擦配向層通常可藉由塗佈包含配向性聚合物及溶劑的組成物(以下亦稱為摩擦配向層形成用組成物)於基材,除去溶劑,形成塗佈膜,摩擦該塗佈膜,而賦予配向控管力。 The rubbing alignment layer can usually be formed by coating a composition comprising an alignment polymer and a solvent (hereinafter also referred to as a composition for forming a rubbing alignment layer) on a substrate, removing the solvent to form a coating film, and rubbing the coating film, And give the alignment control power.

配向性聚合物可舉例如具有醯胺鍵的聚醯 胺、明膠類、具有醯亞胺鍵的聚醯亞胺及其水解物之聚醯胺酸、聚乙烯醇、烷基改性聚乙烯醇、聚丙烯醯胺、聚

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0051-44
唑、聚伸乙基亞胺、聚苯乙烯、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、聚丙烯酸及聚丙烯酸酯類。該等配向性聚合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Alignment polymers include, for example, polyamides with amide bonds, gelatin, polyimides with amide bonds and polyamic acids of their hydrolyzates, polyvinyl alcohol, and alkyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol. , polyacrylamide, poly
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0051-44
Azole, polyethylenimine, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylic acid and polyacrylates. These alignment polymers can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

摩擦配向層形成用組成物中的配向性聚合物的濃度若是配向性聚合物完全溶解於溶劑的範圍即可。相對於該組成物100質量份,配向性聚合物的含量較佳為0.1至20質量份,更佳為0.1至10質量份。 The concentration of the alignment polymer in the composition for forming a rubbed alignment layer may be within a range in which the alignment polymer is completely dissolved in the solvent. With respect to 100 parts by mass of the composition, the content of the alignment polymer is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass.

摩擦配向層形成用組成物可從市場取得。市售品可舉例如SUNEVER(註冊商標,日產化學工業(股)公司製)、OPTOMER(註冊商標,JSR(股)公司製)等。 The composition for forming a frictional alignment layer is commercially available. Commercially available products include, for example, SUNEVER (registered trademark, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), OPTOMER (registered trademark, manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd.), and the like.

溶劑可使用例如補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑。塗佈摩擦配向層形成用組成物於基材的方法可舉例如前述塗佈方法A,除去溶劑的方法可舉例如前述溶劑除去方法A。 As the solvent, for example, the solvents exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer can be used. The method of coating the composition for forming a frictional alignment layer on the substrate may be, for example, the aforementioned coating method A, and the method of removing the solvent may be, for example, the aforementioned solvent removal method A.

摩擦處理的方法可舉例如使前述塗佈膜接觸捲繞有摩擦布並旋轉的摩擦滾輪的方法。進行摩擦處理時,若進行遮蔽,則可在配向膜形成配向方向不同的複數個區域(圖形)。 As a method of rubbing treatment, for example, a method of bringing the coating film into contact with a rubbing roll wound with a rubbing cloth and rotating is mentioned. When performing the rubbing treatment, if masking is performed, a plurality of regions (patterns) having different alignment directions can be formed on the alignment film.

光配向層通常藉由將包含具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體與溶劑的組成物(也稱為光配向層形成用組成物)塗佈於基材,除去溶劑後,照射偏光(較佳為偏光UV)而得。光配向層可藉由選擇照射的偏光的偏光方向, 而任意地控制配向控管力的方向。 The photo-alignment layer is usually coated on a substrate with a composition (also called a photo-alignment layer-forming composition) containing a polymer or monomer with a photoreactive group and a solvent, and after removing the solvent, irradiates polarized light (compared to Best for polarized UV) derived. The photo-alignment layer can arbitrarily control the direction of the alignment control force by selecting the polarization direction of the irradiated polarized light.

所謂光反應性基係指藉由光照射而產生配向能力的基。具體而言,可舉例如藉由光照射而產生之分子的配向誘發反應、異構化反應、光二聚化反應、光交聯反應或光分解反應等參與配向能力的起源之光反應的基。光反應性基較佳為具有不飽和鍵(特別是雙鍵)的基,特佳為具有選自由碳-碳雙鍵(C=C鍵)、碳-氮雙鍵(C=N鍵)、氮-氮雙鍵(N=N鍵)及碳-氧雙鍵(C=O鍵)所成群組的至少一者的基。 The so-called photoreactive group refers to a group that generates alignment ability by light irradiation. Specifically, there may be mentioned photoreactive groups involved in the origin of alignment ability, such as molecular alignment-induced reaction by light irradiation, isomerization reaction, photodimerization reaction, photocrosslinking reaction, or photodecomposition reaction. The photoreactive group is preferably a group having an unsaturated bond (especially a double bond), and is particularly preferably a group selected from a carbon-carbon double bond (C=C bond), a carbon-nitrogen double bond (C=N bond), At least one group of a nitrogen-nitrogen double bond (N=N bond) and a carbon-oxygen double bond (C=O bond).

具有C=C鍵的光反應性基可舉例如乙烯基、多烯基、二苯乙烯基、茋唑(stilbazole)基、茋唑鎓基、查耳酮基及肉桂醯基。具有C=N鍵的光反應性基可舉例如具有芳香族席夫鹼、芳香族腙等結構的基。具有N=N鍵的光反應性基可舉例如偶氮苯基、偶氮萘基、芳香族雜環偶氮基、雙偶氮基、甲

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0052-45
基(formazan)及具有氧偶氮苯結構的基。具有C=O鍵的光反應性基可舉例如二苯甲酮基、香豆素基、蒽醌基及馬來醯亞胺基。該等基可具有烷基、烷氧基、芳香基、烯丙氧基、氰基、烷氧基羰基、羥基、磺酸基、鹵烷基等取代基。 The photoreactive group having a C═C bond can be, for example, vinyl group, polyalkenyl group, distyryl group, stilbazole group, stilbazole group, chalcone group and cinnamyl group. As a photoreactive group which has a C=N bond, the group which has structures, such as an aromatic Schiff base and an aromatic hydrazone, is mentioned, for example. The photoreactive group with N=N bond can be for example azophenyl group, azonaphthyl group, aromatic heterocyclic azo group, disazo group, methyl
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0052-45
group (formazan) and a group with an oxyazobenzene structure. The photoreactive group having a C=O bond includes, for example, a benzophenone group, a coumarin group, an anthraquinone group, and a maleimide group. These groups may have a substituent such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an allyloxy group, a cyano group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a haloalkyl group.

參與光二聚化反應或光交聯反應的基,就配向性佳之點而言為較佳。其中,較佳為參與光二聚化反應的光反應性基,就配向所需的偏光照射量較少且容易得到熱安定性、經時安定性佳的光配向層之點而言,較佳為肉桂醯基及查耳酮基。具有光反應性基的聚合物特佳為在 該聚合物側鏈的末端部具有會成為肉桂酸結構或肉桂酸酯結構的肉桂醯基者。 A group that participates in a photodimerization reaction or a photocrosslinking reaction is preferable in terms of good alignment. Among them, the photoreactive group that participates in the photodimerization reaction is preferable, and in terms of the amount of polarized light irradiation required for alignment is small, and it is easy to obtain a photoalignment layer with good thermal stability and stability over time, preferably Cinnamyl and Chalcone. The polymer having a photoreactive group is particularly preferably one having a cinnamoyl group that becomes a cinnamic acid structure or a cinnamate structure at the end of the polymer side chain.

具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體的含量可依聚合物或單體的種類、目的之光配向層的厚度而調節,相對於光配向層形成用組成物100質量份,較佳係至少為0.2質量份以上,更佳為0.3至10質量份的範圍。 The content of polymers or monomers with photoreactive groups can be adjusted according to the type of polymers or monomers and the thickness of the intended photo-alignment layer, preferably at least It is 0.2 mass parts or more, More preferably, it is the range of 0.3-10 mass parts.

溶劑可使用例如補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑。塗佈光配向層形成用組成物於基材的方法可舉例如前述塗佈方法A,除去溶劑的方法可舉例如前述溶劑除去方法A。 As the solvent, for example, the solvents exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer can be used. The method of coating the composition for forming a photoalignment layer on the substrate may be, for example, the aforementioned coating method A, and the method of removing the solvent may be, for example, the aforementioned solvent removal method A.

照射偏光可為例如對於從塗佈於基材上的光配向層形成用組成物除去溶劑而得者直接照射偏光的形式。而且,該偏光較佳係實質上為平行光。照射的偏光的波長可為具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體的光反應性基可吸收光能量的波長區域者。具體而言,特佳為波長250至400nm的範圍的UV(紫外線)。照射該偏光的光源可舉例如氙燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈、KrF、ArF等紫外光雷射等。其中,高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈及金屬鹵素燈,因在波長313nm的紫外線的發光強度大,所以較佳。藉由使從前述光源的光通過適合的偏光元件並照射,可照射偏光UV。偏光元件可舉例如偏光濾光器、格蘭-湯姆森(Glan-Thompson)、格蘭-泰勒(Glan-Taylor)等的偏光稜鏡以及線柵。其中,從大面積化及對熱的耐性的觀點來看,較佳為線柵型偏光元件。 Irradiation with polarized light may be, for example, a form in which polarized light is directly irradiated to a composition obtained by removing the solvent from the composition for forming a photoalignment layer coated on the base material. Furthermore, the polarized light is preferably substantially parallel light. The wavelength of the polarized light to be irradiated may be in a wavelength region where the photoreactive group of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can absorb light energy. Specifically, UV (ultraviolet rays) having a wavelength of 250 to 400 nm is particularly preferred. The light source for irradiating the polarized light includes, for example, a xenon lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, an ultraviolet laser such as KrF or ArF, and the like. Among them, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp are preferable because they have a large luminous intensity of ultraviolet rays with a wavelength of 313 nm. By passing light from the aforementioned light source through a suitable polarizing element and irradiating it, polarized UV light can be irradiated. Examples of the polarizing element include polarizing filters, Glan-Thompson, Glan-Taylor polarizers, and wire grids. Among them, a wire grid type polarizing element is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the area and resistance to heat.

再者,進行磨擦或偏光照射時,若進行遮蔽,則可形成液晶配向方向不同的複數個區域(圖形)。 Furthermore, when rubbing or polarized light irradiation is performed, if masking is performed, a plurality of regions (patterns) with different liquid crystal alignment directions can be formed.

溝槽(groove)配向層係膜表面具有凹凸圖形或複數個溝槽的膜。於在具有等間隔排列的複數個直線狀溝槽的膜塗佈聚合性液晶化合物的情況,液晶分子在沿著該溝槽的方向配向。 Groove (groove) Alignment layer is a film with a concave-convex pattern or a plurality of grooves on the surface of the film. When a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is coated on a film having a plurality of linear grooves arranged at equal intervals, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned in a direction along the grooves.

得到溝槽配向層的方法可舉例如:於感光性聚醯亞胺膜表面,隔著具有圖形形狀的狹縫的曝光用遮罩,曝光後,進行顯像及洗滌處理,形成凹凸圖形的方法;於表面具有溝槽的板狀母盤,形成硬化前的UV硬化樹脂的層,將所形成的樹脂層移至基材後硬化的方法;以及對形成於基材的硬化前的UV硬化樹脂的膜,壓接具有複數個溝槽的滾輪狀的母盤,形成凹凸,然後硬化的方法等。 The method of obtaining the groove alignment layer can be, for example, a method of forming a concave-convex pattern on the surface of the photosensitive polyimide film through an exposure mask having a pattern-shaped slit, and after exposure, developing and washing are performed. ; A plate-shaped master having grooves on the surface, forming a layer of UV curable resin before hardening, moving the formed resin layer to a base material and then hardening; and UV curable resin formed on the base material before hardening A method of crimping a roller-shaped master plate having a plurality of grooves, forming concavities and convexities, and then hardening.

顯現使垂直配向液晶硬化層6在垂直方向配向的配向控管力的垂直配向層較佳為應用會使配向層表面的表面張力降低的材料。如此的材料可舉例如上述配向性聚合物,例如聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺、其水解物之聚醯胺酸、全氟烷基等的氟系聚合物及矽烷化合物以及該等的藉由縮合反應所得之聚矽氧烷化合物。垂直配向層可藉由將包含如此的材料與溶劑例如補強層的項目中所例示的溶劑之組成物(以下亦稱為垂直配向層形成用組成物)塗佈於基材,除去溶劑後,對塗佈膜實施加熱等而得。 The vertical alignment layer exhibiting the alignment control force to align the vertically aligned liquid crystal hard layer 6 in the vertical direction is preferably a material that lowers the surface tension of the alignment layer surface. Such materials include, for example, the above-mentioned alignment polymers, such as polyimide, polyamide, its hydrolyzed polyamic acid, perfluoroalkyl and other fluorine-based polymers and silane compounds, and their Polysiloxane compound obtained by condensation reaction. The vertical alignment layer can be formed by applying a composition (hereinafter also referred to as a composition for vertical alignment layer formation) containing such a material and a solvent such as the solvent exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer to the substrate, removing the solvent, and then applying the composition to the substrate. The coating film is obtained by heating or the like.

於垂直配向層使用矽烷化合物的情況,從容易降低表面張力、容易提高與鄰接層的密接性的觀點來 看,較佳係至少垂直配向層7為由構成元素中包含Si元素及C元素的化合物所構成的層,可適合使用矽烷化合物。至少垂直配向層7為由構成元素中包含Si元素及C元素的化合物所構成時,可提高與鄰接層的密接性,且提高所形成的橢圓偏光板的加工特性。 In the case of using a silane compound in the vertical alignment layer, it is preferable that at least the vertical alignment layer 7 is a compound containing Si element and C element among the constituent elements from the viewpoint of easily lowering the surface tension and improving the adhesion with the adjacent layer. For the layer formed, a silane compound can be suitably used. When at least the vertical alignment layer 7 is composed of a compound containing Si and C among its constituent elements, the adhesion to the adjacent layer can be improved, and the processing characteristics of the formed elliptically polarizing plate can be improved.

矽烷化合物可適合應用上述矽烷偶合劑等聚矽氧系,可舉例如:乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基參(2-甲氧基乙氧基)矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙基胺、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基二甲氧基甲基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基乙氧基二甲基矽烷等。 Silane compounds can be suitably applied to polysiloxanes such as the above-mentioned silane coupling agents, for example: vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinylparaffin (2-methoxyethoxy) silane, N -(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-amino Propyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3 -Glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3 -Chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- Glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyldimethoxymethylsilane, 3-glycidoxypropylethoxydimethylsilane, etc.

矽烷化合物可為聚矽氧單體型者,亦可為聚矽氧寡聚物(聚合物)型者。將聚矽氧寡聚物以(單體)-(單體)共聚物的形式表示時,可舉例如:3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚 物等含有巰基丙基的共聚物;巰基甲基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、巰基甲基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、巰基甲基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及巰基甲基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有巰基甲基的共聚物;3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基的共聚物;3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有丙烯醯氧基丙基的共聚物;乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三乙氧 基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有乙烯基的共聚物;3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物及3-胺基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物等含有胺基的共聚物等。矽烷化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。而且,有使用來作為調平劑的情況,也可使用矽烷偶合劑等。 The silane compound can be polysiloxane monomer type or polysiloxane oligomer (polymer) type. When polysiloxane oligomers are expressed in the form of (monomer)-(monomer) copolymers, for example: 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-mercaptopropyl Trimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer Copolymers containing mercaptopropyl groups; mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, mercaptomethyltriethoxysilane -Copolymers containing mercaptomethyl groups such as tetramethoxysilane copolymer and mercaptomethyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer; 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane Methoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxy Silane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxy Silane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane Oxysilane copolymers and 3-methacryloxypropyl methyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers containing methacryloxypropyl; 3-acryloxy 3-Acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-Tetramethoxysilane Copolymer, 3-Acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-Tetraethoxysilane Copolymer, 3-Acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane -Tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane 3-acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane Copolymers and 3-acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers containing acryloxypropyl groups; vinyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane Copolymer, vinyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, vinyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, Vinylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, vinylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxy Silane copolymers and vinylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers and other vinyl-containing copolymers; 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, 3- Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane Ethoxysilane Copolymer, 3-Aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane-Tetramethoxysilane Copolymer, 3-Aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane-Tetraethoxysilane Copolymer , 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer containing amino group things etc. A silane compound can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. In addition, it may be used as a leveling agent, and a silane coupling agent or the like may also be used.

該等之中,較佳為分子末端具有烷基的矽烷化合物,更佳為具有碳數3至30的烷基之矽烷化合物。 Among them, a silane compound having an alkyl group at a molecular end is preferable, and a silane compound having an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is more preferable.

於本發明的較佳實施態樣中,垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8之間具有膜厚5μm以下的垂直配向層7,該垂直配向層7為由構成元素中包含Si元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成的層。從提高與鄰接的層的密接性的觀點、以及垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物的塗佈性的觀點來看,垂直配向層7較佳為由構成元素中包含Si元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成,可適合使用 矽烷化合物。形成垂直配向層7的矽烷化合物的包含鍵結於Si原子之C原子的取代基較佳為烷基或烷氧基的碳原子數較佳為1至30,更佳為2至25,又更佳為3至20。亦即,Si元素與C元素的比(Si/C,莫耳比)較佳為0.03至1.00,更佳為0.04至0.50,又更佳為0.05至0.33。Si/C比為上述的下限以上時,垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物的塗佈性提高,Si/C比為上限以下時,可提高與鄰接層的密接性。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, there is a vertical alignment layer 7 with a film thickness of less than 5 μm between the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8, and the vertical alignment layer 7 is composed of Si element and C element among the constituent elements. And a layer composed of a compound of O element. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesiveness with adjacent layers and the coatability of the composition for forming the vertically aligned liquid crystal curable layer 6, the vertical alignment layer 7 is preferably composed of Si element, C element, and Composed of compounds of O elements, silane compounds can be used suitably. The substituent of the silane compound forming the vertical alignment layer 7, which includes a C atom bonded to the Si atom, is preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 2 to 25, and more preferably Preferably it is 3 to 20. That is, the ratio of Si element to C element (Si/C, molar ratio) is preferably from 0.03 to 1.00, more preferably from 0.04 to 0.50, and still more preferably from 0.05 to 0.33. When the Si/C ratio is not less than the above lower limit, the coatability of the composition for forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal curable layer 6 improves, and when the Si/C ratio is not more than the upper limit, the adhesiveness with the adjacent layer can be improved.

溶劑可使用例如補強層8的項目中所例示的溶劑。塗佈垂直配向層形成用組成物於基材的方法可舉例如前述塗佈方法A,除去溶劑的方法可舉例如前述溶劑除去方法A。 As the solvent, for example, the solvents exemplified in the item of the reinforcing layer 8 can be used. The method of coating the composition for forming a vertical alignment layer on the substrate may be, for example, the aforementioned coating method A, and the method of removing the solvent may be, for example, the aforementioned solvent removal method A.

配向層形成用組成物亦即前述摩擦配向層形成用組成物、前述光配向層形成用組成物等水平配向層形成用組成物及前述垂直配向層形成用組成物,除溶劑外,還可包含例如與聚合性液晶組成物所含的添加劑相同的添加劑。 The composition for forming an alignment layer, that is, the composition for forming a horizontal alignment layer such as the composition for forming a rubbed alignment layer, the composition for forming a photoalignment layer, and the composition for forming a vertical alignment layer may contain, in addition to a solvent, For example, the same additives as those contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.

從薄膜化的觀點來看,配向層5及垂直配向層7的膜厚分別較佳為1μm以下,更佳為0.5μm以下,又更佳為0.3μm以下。而且,配向層5及垂直配向層7的膜厚分別較佳為1nm以上,更佳為5nm以上,又更佳為10nm以上,特佳為30nm以上。配向層5及垂直配向層7的膜厚可使用橢圓偏光儀或接觸式膜厚計測定。 From the viewpoint of thinning, the film thicknesses of the alignment layer 5 and the vertical alignment layer 7 are preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.3 μm or less. Furthermore, the film thicknesses of the alignment layer 5 and the vertical alignment layer 7 are preferably at least 1 nm, more preferably at least 5 nm, even more preferably at least 10 nm, and most preferably at least 30 nm. The film thicknesses of the alignment layer 5 and the vertical alignment layer 7 can be measured using an ellipsometer or a contact film thickness meter.

[黏接著劑] [adhesive]

黏接著劑3可舉例如感壓式黏著劑、乾燥固化型接著劑及化學反應型接著劑。化學反應型接著劑可舉例如活性能量線硬化型接著劑。 The adhesive 3 can be, for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a dry-curable adhesive, and a chemical reaction adhesive. The chemical reaction adhesive can be, for example, an active energy ray hardening adhesive.

感壓式黏著劑通常包含聚合物,亦可包含溶劑。聚合物可舉例如丙烯酸系聚合物、聚矽氧系聚合物、聚酯、聚胺酯或聚醚等。其中,包含丙烯酸系聚合物的丙烯酸系黏著劑,由於光學透明性佳,具有適當的潤濕性、聚集力,接著性佳,並且耐候性、耐熱性等高,在加熱、加濕的條件下不易產生浮起、剝離等,所以較佳。 Pressure-sensitive adhesives usually contain polymers, and may also contain solvents. The polymer can be, for example, acrylic polymer, polysiloxane polymer, polyester, polyurethane or polyether. Among them, acrylic adhesives containing acrylic polymers have good optical transparency, appropriate wettability, aggregation, good adhesion, and high weather resistance and heat resistance. Since floating, peeling, etc. are hard to generate|occur|produce, it is preferable.

丙烯酸系聚合物較佳為酯部分的烷基為甲基、乙基或丁基等碳數1至20的烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯等具有官能基的(甲基)丙烯酸系單體的共聚物。 The acrylic polymer is preferably (meth)acrylic acid ester, (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid hydroxyl group in which the alkyl group of the ester part is an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons such as methyl, ethyl or butyl. Copolymers of (meth)acrylic monomers having functional groups such as ethyl esters.

包含如此的共聚物的感壓式黏著劑,由於黏著性佳,即使在貼合於被轉印體後除去時在被轉印體也不產生殘膠等,可較容易地除去,所以較佳。丙烯酸系聚合物的玻璃轉化溫度較佳為25℃以下,更佳為0℃以下。如此的丙烯酸系聚合物的質量平均分子量較佳為10萬以上。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive containing such a copolymer is preferable because it has good adhesiveness and does not produce adhesive residue on the transfer object even if it is removed after being attached to the transfer object, and can be removed relatively easily. . The glass transition temperature of the acrylic polymer is preferably at most 25°C, more preferably at most 0°C. The mass average molecular weight of such an acrylic polymer is preferably 100,000 or more.

溶劑可舉例如作為上述溶劑而列舉的溶劑等。感壓式黏著劑可含有光擴散劑。光擴散劑係對黏著劑賦予光擴散性的添加劑,若是具有與黏著劑所包含的聚合物的折射率不同的折射率的微粒子即可。光擴散劑可舉例如由無機化合物所構成的微粒子及由有機化合物(聚合物) 所構成的微粒子。包含丙烯酸系聚合物,黏著劑作為有效成分所包含的聚合物大多具有1.4至1.6左右的折射率,故以從折射率為1.2至1.8之光擴散劑中適當地選擇為較佳。黏著劑作為有效成分所包含的聚合物與光擴散劑的折射率差通常為0.01以上,從顯示裝置的亮度與顯示性的觀點來看,較佳為0.01至0.2。使用來作為光擴散劑的微粒子較佳為球形微粒子且接近單分散的微粒子,更佳為平均粒徑為2至6μm的微粒子。折射率藉由一般的最小偏角法或阿貝折射計測定。 As a solvent, the solvent etc. which were mentioned as said solvent etc. are mentioned, for example. The pressure-sensitive adhesive may contain a light diffusing agent. The light-diffusing agent is an additive that imparts light-diffusing properties to the adhesive, and may be fine particles having a refractive index different from that of a polymer contained in the adhesive. As a light-diffusion agent, the fine particle which consists of an inorganic compound, and the fine particle which consists of an organic compound (polymer) are mentioned, for example. Many polymers contained in the adhesive as an active ingredient including acrylic polymers have a refractive index of about 1.4 to 1.6, so it is preferable to appropriately select from light diffusing agents with a refractive index of 1.2 to 1.8. The difference in refractive index between the polymer contained in the adhesive as an active ingredient and the light-diffusing agent is usually 0.01 or more, and is preferably from 0.01 to 0.2 from the viewpoint of brightness and display properties of the display device. The microparticles used as the light diffusing agent are preferably spherical microparticles and close to monodisperse microparticles, more preferably microparticles with an average particle diameter of 2 to 6 μm. The refractive index is measured by a general minimum declination method or an Abbe refractometer.

由無機化合物所構成的微粒子可舉例如氧化鋁(折射率1.76)及氧化矽(折射率1.45)等。由有機化合物(聚合物)所構成的微粒子可舉例如三聚氰胺珠粒(折射率1.57)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯珠粒(折射率1.49)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物樹脂珠粒(折射率1.50至1.59)、聚碳酸酯珠粒(折射率1.55)、聚乙烯珠粒(折射率1.53)、聚苯乙烯珠粒(折射率1.6)、聚氯乙烯珠粒(折射率1.46)及聚矽氧樹脂珠粒(折射率1.46)等。相對於聚合物100質量份,光擴散劑的含量通常為3至30質量份。 Microparticles composed of inorganic compounds include, for example, aluminum oxide (refractive index: 1.76) and silicon oxide (refractive index: 1.45). Microparticles composed of organic compounds (polymers) include, for example, melamine beads (refractive index 1.57), polymethyl methacrylate beads (refractive index 1.49), methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer resin beads (refractive index 1.50 to 1.59), polycarbonate beads (refractive index 1.55), polyethylene beads (refractive index 1.53), polystyrene beads (refractive index 1.6), polyvinyl chloride beads (refractive index 1.46) And polysiloxane beads (refractive index 1.46), etc. Content of a light-diffusion agent is 3-30 mass parts normally with respect to 100 mass parts of polymers.

感壓式黏著劑的厚度依其密接力等而決定,故無特別限制,通常為1μm至40μm。從加工性、耐久性等之點來看,該厚度較佳為3μm至25μm,更佳為5μm至20μm。藉由將從黏著劑所形成的黏接著劑層的厚度設為5μm至20μm,可保持從正面看顯示裝置的情況、從斜方向看顯示裝置的情況之亮度,不易產生顯示圖像的滲色、 模糊。 The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is determined by its adhesive force, etc., so there is no special limitation, and it is usually 1 μm to 40 μm. From the viewpoint of processability, durability, etc., the thickness is preferably from 3 μm to 25 μm, more preferably from 5 μm to 20 μm. By setting the thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the adhesive to 5 μm to 20 μm, the brightness of the display device can be maintained when viewing the display device from the front and when the display device is viewed from an oblique direction, and bleeding of the displayed image is less likely to occur , Vague.

乾燥固化型接著劑可包含溶劑。乾燥固化型接著劑可舉例如:含有具有羥基、羧基或胺基等質子性官能基及乙烯性不飽和基的單體的聚合物或胺酯樹脂作為主成分,且再含有多元醛、環氧化合物、環氧樹脂、三聚氰胺化合物、氧化鋯化合物及鋅化合物等交聯劑或硬化性化合物的組成物等。具有羥基、羧基或胺基等質子性官能基及乙烯性不飽和基的單體的聚合物可舉例如乙烯-順丁烯二酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯醯胺共聚物、聚乙酸乙烯酯的皂化物及聚乙烯醇系樹脂等。 The dry-curable adhesive may contain a solvent. Examples of dry-curing adhesives include polymers or urethane resins containing monomers having protonic functional groups such as hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, or amine groups, and ethylenically unsaturated groups as main components, and further containing polyaldehydes, epoxy resins, etc. Compounds, epoxy resins, melamine compounds, zirconia compounds, zinc compounds and other cross-linking agents or compositions of hardening compounds, etc. Polymers of monomers having protic functional groups such as hydroxyl, carboxyl, or amine groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups include, for example, ethylene-maleic acid copolymers, itaconic acid copolymers, acrylic acid copolymers, acrylamide Copolymers, saponified products of polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, etc.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂可舉例如聚乙烯醇、部分皂化的聚乙烯醇、完全皂化的聚乙烯醇、羧基改性聚乙烯醇、乙醯乙醯基改性聚乙烯醇、羥甲基改性聚乙烯醇及胺基改性聚乙烯醇等。相對於水100質量份,水系黏接著劑中之聚乙烯醇系樹脂的含量通常為1至10質量份,較佳為1至5質量份。 Polyvinyl alcohol-based resins include, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, partially saponified polyvinyl alcohol, fully saponified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxy-modified polyvinyl alcohol, acetoacetyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol, methylol-modified polyvinyl alcohol, Vinyl alcohol and amino-modified polyvinyl alcohol, etc. The content of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin in the water-based adhesive is usually 1 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of water.

胺酯樹脂可舉例如聚酯系離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂等。此處所謂聚酯系離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂係指具有聚酯骨架之胺酯樹脂,且為其中導入有少量離子性成分(親水成分)的樹脂。如此的離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂,不使用乳化劑,並在水中乳化成為乳膠,故可作為水系黏接著劑。於使用聚酯系離子聚合物型胺酯樹脂的情況,以調配水溶性環氧化合物作為交聯劑為有效。 The urethane resin may, for example, be a polyester-based ionomer type urethane resin or the like. Here, the polyester-based ionomer-type urethane resin refers to an urethane resin having a polyester skeleton, and a resin into which a small amount of an ionic component (hydrophilic component) is introduced. Such an ionomer type urethane resin does not use an emulsifier, and is emulsified into latex in water, so it can be used as a water-based adhesive. When using a polyester-based ionomer-type urethane resin, it is effective to mix a water-soluble epoxy compound as a crosslinking agent.

環氧樹脂可舉例如:使由二伸乙基三胺或 三伸乙基四胺等聚伸烷基聚胺與己二酸等二羧酸的反應所得之聚醯胺聚胺,和環氧氯丙烷反應而得之聚醯胺環氧樹脂等。如此的聚醯胺環氧樹脂的市售品可舉例如”Sumirez resin(註冊商標)650”及”Sumirez resin675”(以上住化Chemtex股份公司製)、”WS-525”(日本PMC股份公司製)等。於調配環氧樹脂的情況,相對於聚乙烯醇系樹脂100質量份,環氧樹脂添加量通常為1至100質量份,較佳為1至50質量份。 Examples of epoxy resins include polyamide polyamines obtained by reacting polyalkylene polyamines such as diethylenetriamine or triethylenetetramine with dicarboxylic acids such as adipic acid, and epoxy resins. Polyamide epoxy resin obtained by reaction of chloropropane, etc. Commercially available products of such polyamide epoxy resins include, for example, "Sumirez resin (registered trademark) 650" and "Sumirez resin 675" (manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.), "WS-525" (manufactured by Japan PMC Co., Ltd. )wait. When compounding an epoxy resin, the addition amount of an epoxy resin is 1-100 mass parts normally with respect to 100 mass parts of polyvinyl alcohol-type resins, Preferably it is 1-50 mass parts.

由乾燥固化型接著劑所形成的黏接著劑層的厚度通常為0.001至5μm,較佳為0.01至2μm,更佳為0.01至0.5μm。由乾燥固化型接著劑所形成的黏接著劑層的厚度太厚時,容易變成外觀不良。 The thickness of the adhesive layer formed by the dry-curable adhesive is usually 0.001 to 5 μm, preferably 0.01 to 2 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive layer formed by the dry-curable adhesive is too thick, it is easy to cause poor appearance.

活性能量線硬化型接著劑可包含溶劑。所謂活性能量線硬化型接著劑係指受到活性能量線的照射而硬化的接著劑。活性能量線硬化型接著劑可舉例如:含有環氧化合物及陽離子聚合引發劑的陽離子聚合性接著劑、含有丙烯酸系硬化成分及自由基聚合引發劑的自由基聚合性接著劑、含有環氧化合物等陽離子聚合性硬化成分及丙烯酸系化合物等自由基聚合性硬化成分兩者且再含有陽離子聚合引發劑及自由基聚合引發劑的接著劑、以及不包含該等聚合引發劑且藉由照射電子束而硬化的接著劑等。 The active energy ray-curable adhesive may contain a solvent. The active energy ray-curable adhesive refers to an adhesive that is cured by irradiation with active energy rays. Examples of active energy ray-curable adhesives include cationically polymerizable adhesives containing epoxy compounds and cationic polymerization initiators, radically polymerizable adhesives containing acrylic curing components and radical polymerization initiators, epoxy compound-containing An adhesive that contains both a cationically polymerizable hardening component and a radically polymerizable hardening component such as an acrylic compound, and further contains a cationic polymerization initiator and a radical polymerization initiator, and an adhesive that does not contain these polymerization initiators and is irradiated with an electron beam And hardened adhesive, etc.

其中,較佳為含有丙烯酸系硬化成分及光自由基聚合引發劑的自由基聚合性的活性能量線硬化型接著劑、含有環氧化合物及光陽離子聚合引發劑的陽離子聚 合性的活性能量線硬化型接著劑。丙烯酸系硬化成分可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸等。含有環氧化合物的活性能量線硬化型接著劑可再含有環氧化合物以外的化合物。環氧化合物以外的化合物可舉例如氧雜環丁烷化合物、丙烯酸化合物等。 Among them, a radically polymerizable active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an acrylic curing component and a photoradical polymerization initiator, and a cationically polymerizable active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an epoxy compound and a photocationic polymerization initiator are preferable. type adhesive. Examples of the acrylic curing component include (meth)acrylates such as methyl (meth)acrylate and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. The active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an epoxy compound may further contain compounds other than the epoxy compound. Compounds other than epoxy compounds include, for example, oxetane compounds, acrylic compounds, and the like.

光自由基聚合引發劑及光陽離子聚合引發劑可舉例如上述的光自由基聚合引發劑及光陽離子聚合引發劑。相對於活性能量線硬化型接著劑100質量份,自由基聚合引發劑以及陽離子聚合引發劑的含量通常為0.5至20質量份,較佳為1至15質量份。 As a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator, the photoradical polymerization initiator and photocationic polymerization initiator mentioned above are mentioned, for example. The content of the radical polymerization initiator and the cationic polymerization initiator is usually 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the active energy ray-curable adhesive.

於活性能量線硬化型接著劑中,可再含有離子捕捉劑、抗氧化劑、鏈轉移劑、黏著賦予劑、熱塑性樹脂、填充劑、流動調整劑、可塑劑及消泡劑等。 The active energy ray hardening adhesive may further contain ion scavengers, antioxidants, chain transfer agents, tackifiers, thermoplastic resins, fillers, flow regulators, plasticizers, and defoamers.

於本說明書中,所謂活性能量線係定義為可分解會產生活性物種的化合物而產生活性物種的能量線。如此的活性能量線可舉例如可見光、紫外線、紅外線、X射線、α射線、β射線、γ射線及電子束等,較佳為紫外線及電子束。較佳的紫外線的照射條件係與前述的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合相同。 In this specification, the so-called active energy ray is defined as an energy ray that can decompose a compound that generates active species to generate active species. Examples of such active energy rays include visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, electron beams, etc., preferably ultraviolet rays and electron beams. Preferable conditions for irradiation of ultraviolet rays are the same as those for the above-mentioned polymerization of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

[橢圓偏光板] [Elliptical polarizer]

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100因前述垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8之層間距離為5μm以下,故充分補強薄膜的垂直配向液晶硬化層6,可抑制或防止在切割 端面之波狀起伏等缺陷。所以,可應用於顯示器用途。 The ellipsoidal polarizers 1, 10 and 100 of the present invention have a distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8 of 5 μm or less, so the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the film can be fully reinforced to suppress or prevent the gap between the cut end faces. Defects such as undulations. Therefore, it can be applied to display applications.

於本發明的橢圓偏光板中,補強層8、配向層5及垂直配向層7較佳為具有3維折射率的各向同性(也稱為等向性)的層。 In the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention, the reinforcing layer 8, the alignment layer 5, and the vertical alignment layer 7 are preferably isotropic (also referred to as isotropic) layers having a three-dimensional refractive index.

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100的膜厚分別較佳為10至300μm,更佳為20至200μm,又更佳為30至100μm。橢圓偏光板的膜厚為上述的下限以上時,從加工特性的觀點來看為有利,橢圓偏光板的膜厚為上述的上限以下時,從薄膜化的觀點來看為有利。 The film thicknesses of the elliptically polarizing plates 1 , 10 and 100 of the present invention are preferably 10 to 300 μm, more preferably 20 to 200 μm, and still more preferably 30 to 100 μm. When the film thickness of the elliptically polarizing plate is not less than the aforementioned lower limit, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of processing characteristics, and when the film thickness of the elliptically polarizing plate is not more than the aforementioned upper limit, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of thinning.

本發明的橢圓偏光板1、10及100,於鄰接的各層中,在波長550nm的面內平均折射率的差較佳為0.20以下。面內平均折射率的差為上述上限以下時,在各層間的界面之反射變小。再者,面內平均折射率可根據實施例記載的方法測定。 In the elliptically polarizing plates 1, 10, and 100 of the present invention, the difference in the in-plane average refractive index at a wavelength of 550 nm in adjacent layers is preferably 0.20 or less. When the difference in in-plane average refractive index is not more than the above-mentioned upper limit, the reflection at the interface between the layers becomes small. In addition, the in-plane average refractive index can be measured according to the method described in an Example.

[橢圓偏光板的製造方法] [Manufacturing method of elliptically polarizing plate]

第1圖所示的橢圓偏光板1可藉由分別形成偏光層2、λ/4相位差層4與配向層5的積層體A、以及垂直配向液晶硬化層6與垂直配向層7與補強層8的積層體B後,隔著黏接著劑3貼合而得。例如於基材上形成依序積層有配向層5及λ/4相位差層4的積層體A,以及於基材上形成依序積層有補強層8、垂直配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6的積層體B,將偏光層2與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4側隔著黏接著劑3,以使偏光層2的吸收軸與λ/4相位差層4的慢軸所成的角度成為45°之方式貼合,只剝離基材,製 作積層體C。然後,將積層體C的配向層5側與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側隔著黏接著劑3貼合,只剝離基材,藉此可製作橢圓偏光板1。 The elliptically polarizing plate 1 shown in FIG. 1 can be formed by forming a polarizing layer 2, a laminated body A of a λ/4 retardation layer 4 and an alignment layer 5, and a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer 6, a vertical alignment layer 7, and a reinforcing layer. 8 laminated body B, through the adhesive 3 bonded. For example, a laminate A with an alignment layer 5 and a λ/4 retardation layer 4 sequentially laminated on the substrate, and a reinforcing layer 8, a vertical alignment layer 7, and a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer are formed on the substrate in sequence 6 laminate B, the polarizing layer 2 and the λ/4 retardation layer 4 side of the laminate A are separated by an adhesive 3 so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is aligned with the slow axis of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 They were bonded so that the formed angle was 45°, and only the base material was peeled off to produce a laminate C. Then, the alignment layer 5 side of the laminate C and the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 side of the laminate B are bonded through the adhesive 3, and only the base material is peeled off, whereby the elliptically polarizing plate 1 can be produced.

第2圖所示的橢圓偏光板10可藉由分別製作偏光層2、前述積層體A及前述積層體B,將偏光層2與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側隔著黏接著劑3貼合,只剝離基材,而製作積層體D。然後,可將積層體D的補強層8側與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4側隔著黏接著劑3,以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合,只剝離基材而製作。 The elliptically polarizing plate 10 shown in FIG. 2 can be made by separately manufacturing the polarizing layer 2, the above-mentioned laminate A and the above-mentioned laminate B, and the polarizing layer 2 and the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 side of the laminate B are separated by an adhesive. 3 Bonding, only the base material is peeled off, and the laminate D is produced. Then, the reinforcing layer 8 side of the laminate D and the λ/4 retardation layer 4 side of the laminate A can be interposed with the adhesive 3 so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is relative to the λ/4 retardation layer 4 The slow axis (optical axis) is bonded so that it becomes substantially 45°, and only the base material is peeled off.

第3圖所示的橢圓偏光板100可藉由分別製作偏光層2、前述積層體A及前述積層體B,將積層體A的λ/4相位差層4側與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側隔著黏接著劑3貼合,剝離兩者的基材,製作積層體E。然後,將積層體E的補強層8側與偏光層2隔著黏接著劑3,以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合而可製作。 The elliptically polarizing plate 100 shown in FIG. 3 can separate the λ/4 retardation layer 4 side of the laminate A from the vertically aligned liquid crystal of the laminate B by fabricating the polarizing layer 2, the laminate A, and the laminate B respectively. The hardened layer 6 side is bonded via the adhesive 3 , and the base materials of both are peeled off to produce a laminate E. Then, the reinforcing layer 8 side of the laminate E and the polarizing layer 2 are interposed with the adhesive 3 so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 is substantially equal to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 . It can be made by bonding in a 45° way.

(基材) (Substrate)

基材可舉例如玻璃基材及膜基材,從加工性的觀點來看,較佳為膜基材,就可連續製造之點而言,更佳為長條卷狀膜。構成膜基材的樹脂可舉例如:聚乙烯、聚丙烯、降莰烯系聚合物等聚烯烴;環狀烯烴系樹脂;聚乙烯醇;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯;聚甲基丙烯酸酯;聚丙烯酸酯;三 乙醯基纖維素、二乙醯基纖維素及纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯等纖維素酯;聚萘二甲酸乙二酯;聚碳酸酯;聚碸;聚醚碸;聚醚酮;聚苯硫醚及聚苯醚等塑膠。在該基材的與黏著劑層的接合面,可實施如聚矽氧處理等離型處理。市售的纖維素酯基材可舉例如”FUJITAC FILM”(FUJIFILM股份公司製);”KC8UX2M”、”KC8UY”及”KC4UY”(以上柯尼卡美能達光學股份公司製)等。可將如此的樹脂藉由溶劑澆注法、熔融擠出法等習知手段製膜,而成為基材。 Examples of the substrate include glass substrates and film substrates, and film substrates are preferred from the viewpoint of processability, and elongate roll films are more preferred because continuous production is possible. Examples of the resin constituting the film substrate include polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and norcamphene-based polymers; cyclic olefin-based resins; polyvinyl alcohol; polyethylene terephthalate; polymethacrylate ; Polyacrylate; Cellulose esters such as triacetyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose and cellulose acetate propionate; Polyethylene naphthalate; Polycarbonate; Polyethylene; Polyether cellulose ; Polyether ketone; polyphenylene sulfide and polyphenylene ether and other plastics. A release treatment such as silicone treatment can be implemented on the bonding surface of the base material and the adhesive layer. Examples of commercially available cellulose ester substrates include "FUJITAC FILM" (manufactured by FUJIFILM Co., Ltd.); "KC8UX2M", "KC8UY" and "KC4UY" (manufactured by Konica Minolta Optical Co., Ltd.). Such a resin can be formed into a film by conventional methods such as solvent casting method and melt extrusion method to become a substrate.

市售的環狀烯烴系樹脂可舉例如”Topas”(註冊商標)(Ticona公司(獨)製)、”ARTON”(註冊商標)(JSR股份公司製)、”ZEONOR”(註冊商標)、”ZEONEX”(註冊商標)(以上日本ZEON股份公司製)及”APEL”(註冊商標)(三井化學股份公司製)。可使用市售的環狀烯烴系樹脂基材。市售的環狀烯烴系樹脂基材可舉例如”Escena”(註冊商標)、”SCA40”(註冊商標)(以上積水化學工業股份公司製)、”ZEONOR FILM”(註冊商標)(OPTES股份公司製)及”ARTON FILM”(註冊商標)(JSR股份公司製)。 Commercially available cyclic olefin-based resins include, for example, "Topas" (registered trademark) (manufactured by Ticona Co., Ltd.), "ARTON" (registered trademark) (manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd.), "ZEONOR" (registered trademark), " ZEONEX" (registered trademark) (manufactured by ZEON Co., Ltd. above) and "APEL" (registered trademark) (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.). Commercially available cyclic olefin-based resin substrates can be used. Commercially available cyclic olefin-based resin substrates include, for example, "Escena" (registered trademark), "SCA40" (registered trademark) (manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.), "ZEONOR FILM" (registered trademark) (OPTES Co., Ltd. system) and "ARTON FILM" (registered trademark) (JSR Co., Ltd.).

基材較佳為容易積層各層且容易剝離的厚度。如此的基材的厚度通常為5至300μm,較佳為10至150μm。 The base material is preferably thick enough to easily laminate each layer and to be easily peeled off. The thickness of such a substrate is usually 5 to 300 μm, preferably 10 to 150 μm.

[橢圓偏光板的其他態樣] [Other forms of elliptical polarizer]

第1至3圖所示的橢圓偏光板1、10及100雖包含黏著劑3、配向層5及垂直配向層7,但本發明的橢圓偏光板至少具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、 補強層即可,亦可包含該等以外的層例如其他配向液晶硬化層、保護層等。 Although the elliptically polarizing plates 1, 10, and 100 shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 include an adhesive 3, an alignment layer 5, and a vertical alignment layer 7, the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention at least includes a polarizing layer, a λ/4 retardation layer, The vertical alignment liquid crystal hardening layer and the reinforcing layer are sufficient, and other layers such as other alignment liquid crystal hardening layers, protective layers, etc. may be included.

其他配向液晶硬化層可舉例如在λ/4相位差層的項目中所例示的正A板、正C板、負A板、負C板等。 Other alignment liquid crystal cured layers include, for example, the positive A plate, positive C plate, negative A plate, negative C plate, and the like exemplified in the item of λ/4 retardation layer.

於較佳的態樣中,其他配向液晶硬化層具有式(6)所表示的光學特性,較佳具有式(6-1)所表示的光學特性。面內相位差值Re(550)可用與上述λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值的調整方法相同的方法調整。 In a preferred aspect, the other aligned liquid crystal cured layer has the optical properties represented by formula (6), preferably has the optical properties represented by formula (6-1). The in-plane retardation value Re(550) can be adjusted by the same method as the method for adjusting the in-plane retardation value of the λ/4 retardation layer described above.

200nm<Re(550)<320nm (6) 200nm<Re(550)<320nm (6)

265nm<Re(550)<285nm (6-1) 265nm<Re(550)<285nm (6-1)

而且,其他配向液晶硬化層的Re(450)/Re(550)可為1.00以上,亦可為1.00以下,從提高橢圓偏光板的橢圓率的觀點來看,越接近λ/4相位差層4的ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)越佳,針對Re(650)/Re(550)同樣以接近λ/4相位差層4的ReQ(650)/ReQ(550)的值者為較佳。 In addition, Re(450)/Re(550) of other alignment liquid crystal hardening layers may be 1.00 or more and may be 1.00 or less. From the viewpoint of improving the ellipticity of the elliptically polarizing plate, the closer to λ/4 retardation layer 4 The better the ReQ(450)/ReQ(550) is, the better the value of Re(650)/Re(550) is also close to the value of ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 .

其他配向液晶硬化層的膜厚較佳為0.5μm至5.0μm,更佳為2.0μm至4.5μm。 The film thickness of the other aligned liquid crystal cured layer is preferably 0.5 μm to 5.0 μm, more preferably 2.0 μm to 4.5 μm.

保護層較佳係由下述保護層形成用組成物所形成,該保護層形成用組成物通常含有由多官能基丙烯酸酯(甲基丙烯酸酯)、胺酯丙烯酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯、環氧基丙烯酸酯等所構成的丙烯酸系寡聚物或聚合物、聚乙烯醇、乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、澱粉類、甲基纖維素、羧基甲基纖維素、海藻酸鈉等水溶性聚合物與 溶劑。 The protective layer is preferably formed of the following protective layer-forming composition, which generally contains polyfunctional acrylate (methacrylate), urethane acrylate, polyester acrylate, cyclic Acrylic oligomers or polymers composed of oxyacrylates, polyvinyl alcohol, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, polyvinylpyrrolidone, starches, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, alginic acid Sodium and other water-soluble polymers and solvents.

保護層形成用組成物所含的溶劑可舉例如與聚合性液晶組成物的項目中所例示的溶劑相同的溶劑,其中,選自由水、醇溶劑及醚溶劑所成群組的至少一種溶劑,就不溶解形成保護層的層之點而言較佳。醇溶劑可舉例如甲醇、乙醇、丁醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲基醚、乙二醇丁基醚及丙二醇單甲醚。醚溶劑可舉例如乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。其中,較佳為乙醇、異丙醇、丙二醇單甲醚及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。 The solvent contained in the composition for forming a protective layer may be, for example, the same solvents as those exemplified in the item of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, wherein at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of water, alcohol solvents, and ether solvents, It is preferable in terms of not dissolving the layer forming the protective layer. Alcohol solvents include, for example, methanol, ethanol, butanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether. The ether solvent may, for example, be ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. Among them, ethanol, isopropanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are preferred.

保護層的膜厚為0.1μm至10μm,更佳為0.3μm至5.0μm。 The film thickness of the protective layer is 0.1 μm to 10 μm, more preferably 0.3 μm to 5.0 μm.

本發明的橢圓偏光板,可如第1至3圖所示的橢圓偏光板,在形成各層後隔著黏接著劑貼合各層,亦可為將各層不隔著黏接著劑等而直接積層。貼合各層的方法可為例如於基材上分別積層各層,隔著黏接著劑將層貼合後,剝離基材的方法;或者剝離基材後,隔著黏接著劑將層貼合的方法。再者,直接積層各層的方法或將層積層於基材上的方法可使用與上述將各層形成於基材的方法相同的方法。而且,在將層積層於基材上之前、將各層隔著黏接著劑貼合之前,可於基材表面或各層的表面實施表面處理例如電暈處理、電漿處理等。 In the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention, as in the elliptically polarizing plate shown in Figs. 1 to 3, each layer may be laminated through an adhesive after forming each layer, or each layer may be directly laminated without an adhesive or the like. The method of attaching each layer may be, for example, a method of laminating each layer on a substrate, bonding the layers through an adhesive, and then peeling off the substrate; or a method of bonding the layers through an adhesive after peeling off the substrate. . In addition, the method of directly laminating each layer or the method of lamination|stacking on a base material can use the method similar to the above-mentioned method of forming each layer on a base material. Furthermore, surface treatment such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, etc. may be performed on the surface of the substrate or the surface of each layer before laminating the layers on the substrate and before bonding each layer through an adhesive.

[顯示裝置] [display device]

本發明的橢圓偏光板可利用於顯示裝置。所謂顯示裝置係具有顯示機構的裝置,且包含發光元件或發光裝置作 為發光源。顯示裝置可舉例如液晶顯示裝置、有機電激發光(EL)顯示裝置、無機電激發光(EL)顯示裝置、觸控面板顯示裝置、電子發射顯示裝置(電場發射顯示裝置(FED等)、表面電場發射顯示裝置(SED))、電子紙(使用了電子印墨、電泳元件之顯示裝置)、電漿顯示裝置、投影型顯示裝置(光柵光閥(GLV)顯示裝置、具有數位微鏡裝置(DMD)的顯示裝置等)及壓電陶瓷顯示器等。液晶顯示裝置包括穿透型液晶顯示裝置、半穿透型液晶顯示裝置、反射型液晶顯示裝置、直視型液晶顯示裝置及投影型液晶顯示裝置等的任一種。該等顯示裝置可為顯示2維影像的顯示裝置,亦可為顯示3維影像的立體顯示裝置。尤其,具備本發明的橢圓偏光板的顯示裝置較佳為有機EL顯示裝置及觸控面板顯示裝置,特佳為有機EL顯示裝置。本發明也包含具備本發明的橢圓偏光板的有機EL顯示裝置。 The elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention can be used in a display device. The so-called display device is a device having a display mechanism, and includes a light-emitting element or a light-emitting device as a light-emitting source. Display devices include, for example, liquid crystal display devices, organic electroluminescence (EL) display devices, inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display devices, touch panel display devices, electron emission display devices (field emission display devices (FED, etc.), surface Electric field emission display device (SED)), electronic paper (display device using electronic ink, electrophoretic element), plasma display device, projection display device (grating light valve (GLV) display device, digital micromirror device ( DMD) display devices, etc.) and piezoelectric ceramic displays, etc. The liquid crystal display device includes any of a transmissive liquid crystal display device, a semi-transmissive liquid crystal display device, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a direct-view liquid crystal display device, and a projection type liquid crystal display device. These display devices may be display devices that display 2D images, or may be stereoscopic display devices that display 3D images. In particular, the display device including the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention is preferably an organic EL display device and a touch panel display device, and is particularly preferably an organic EL display device. The present invention also includes an organic EL display device including the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention.

本發明的有機EL顯示裝置的較佳態樣可舉例如將第1圖所示的橢圓偏光板的補強層8側隔著黏接著劑與有機EL面板貼合而成的裝置、將第2圖或第3圖所示的橢圓偏光板的配向層5隔著黏接著劑與有機EL面板貼合而成的裝置。 A preferred aspect of the organic EL display device of the present invention can be, for example, a device in which the reinforcing layer 8 side of the elliptical polarizing plate shown in FIG. 1 is bonded to the organic EL panel through an adhesive agent. Or a device in which the alignment layer 5 of the elliptically polarizing plate shown in FIG. 3 is bonded to the organic EL panel through an adhesive.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,藉由實施例,更具體地說明本發明。又,例中的「%」及「份」,除非另有說明,否則係意指質量%及質量份。而且,以下的實施例所使用的聚合物膜、裝置及測定方法係如下述。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically by means of examples. In addition, "%" and "part" in an example mean mass % and a mass part unless otherwise specified. In addition, the polymer films, devices, and measurement methods used in the following examples are as follows.

‧電暈處理裝置使用春日電機股份公司製的AGF-B10。 ‧AGF-B10 manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co., Ltd. was used as the corona treatment device.

‧電暈處理,在對基材塗佈組成物的情況,可適當地實施。使用上述電暈處理裝置,在輸出0.3kW、處理速度3m/分鐘的條件下進行1次。 ‧Corona treatment can be appropriately performed when the composition is applied to the substrate. Using the above-mentioned corona treatment device, it was performed once under conditions of an output of 0.3 kW and a treatment speed of 3 m/min.

‧偏光UV照射裝置使用Ushio電機股份公司製的附偏光片單元的SPOT CURE SP-9。 ‧Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. SPOT CURE SP-9 with polarizer unit was used as the polarized UV irradiation device.

‧高壓水銀燈使用Ushio電機股份公司製的Unicure VB-15201BY-A。 ‧Unicure VB-15201BY-A manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. was used as the high-pressure mercury lamp.

‧面內方向的相位差值Re(λ)使用王子計測機器股份公司製的KOBRA-WPR進行測定。 ‧The retardation value Re(λ) in the in-plane direction was measured using KOBRA-WPR manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.

‧厚度方向的相位差值Rth(λ)及膜厚使用日本分光股份公司製的橢圓偏光儀M-220或接觸式膜厚計(Nikon公司製MH-15M、Counter TC101、MS-5C)進行測定。而且,Si/C的比係由垂直配向層7的元素分析、使用X射線光電分光法的表面構成元素的測定而計算出,或者在垂直配向層7的形成所使用的化合物的結構式為完全已知的情況,可由結構式計算出。 ‧The retardation value Rth(λ) and the film thickness in the thickness direction were measured using an ellipsometer M-220 manufactured by JASCO Corporation or a contact film thickness meter (MH-15M, Counter TC101, MS-5C manufactured by Nikon Corporation) . Moreover, the ratio of Si/C is calculated from the elemental analysis of the vertical alignment layer 7, the measurement of the surface constituent elements using X-ray photoelectric spectroscopy, or the structural formula of the compound used in the formation of the vertical alignment layer 7 is completely The known situation can be calculated from the structural formula.

(實施例1) (Example 1)

如以下的方式製作第1圖所示的層構成的橢圓偏光板1。 The elliptically polarizing plate 1 having the layer configuration shown in FIG. 1 was produced as follows.

[偏光層2的製造] [Manufacture of polarizing layer 2]

將平均聚合度約2400、皂化度99.9莫耳%以上、厚度75μm的聚乙烯醇膜浸漬於30℃的純水後,以30℃浸漬於 碘/碘化鉀/水的質量比為0.02/2/100的水溶液,進行碘染色(碘染色步驟)。然後,將經過碘染色步驟的聚乙烯醇膜以56.5℃浸漬於碘化鉀/硼酸/水的質量比為12/5/100的水溶液而進行硼酸處理(硼酸處理步驟)。將經過硼酸處理步驟的聚乙烯醇膜使用8℃的純水洗淨後,於65℃進行乾燥,得到碘吸附配向於聚乙烯醇的偏光片(延伸後的厚度為27μm)。此時,於碘染色步驟及硼酸處理步驟中進行延伸。如此的延伸的總延伸倍率為5.3倍。將所得之偏光片與經皂化處理的三乙醯基纖維素膜(柯尼卡美能達公司製KC4UYTAC 40μm),隔著水系接著劑,使用夾持滾輪貼合。在將所得之貼合物的張力保持於430N/cm的同時於60℃乾燥2分鐘,得到單面具有三乙醯基纖維素膜作為保護膜的偏光層。再者,前述水系接著劑係於水100份中添加羧基改性聚乙烯醇(Kuraray製、「Kuraray Poval KL318」)3份及水溶性聚醯胺環氧樹脂(住化Chemtex公司製、「Sumirez resin 650」、固體成分濃度30%的水溶液)1.5份而調製。 After immersing a polyvinyl alcohol film with an average degree of polymerization of about 2400, a saponification degree of 99.9 mol% or more, and a thickness of 75 μm in pure water at 30°C, it is immersed in iodine/potassium iodide/water at a mass ratio of 0.02/2/100 at 30°C aqueous solution, iodine staining (iodine staining step). Then, the polyvinyl alcohol film subjected to the iodine dyeing step was immersed in an aqueous solution having a mass ratio of potassium iodide/boric acid/water of 12/5/100 at 56.5° C. to perform boric acid treatment (boric acid treatment step). The polyvinyl alcohol film subjected to the boric acid treatment step was washed with pure water at 8° C., and then dried at 65° C. to obtain a polarizer (27 μm in thickness after stretching) in which iodine was adsorbed and aligned to the polyvinyl alcohol. At this time, extension is performed in the iodine staining step and the boric acid treatment step. The total elongation ratio of such elongation was 5.3 times. The obtained polarizer and a saponified triacetylcellulose film (KC4UYTAC 40 μm manufactured by Konica Minolta Corporation) were bonded together with a nip roller through a water-based adhesive. It dried at 60 degreeC for 2 minutes, maintaining the tension|tensile_strength of the obtained bonded product at 430 N/cm, and obtained the polarizing layer which has a triacetyl cellulose film as a protective film on one surface. Furthermore, the aforementioned water-based adhesive was prepared by adding 3 parts of carboxyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol (manufactured by Kuraray, "Kuraray Poval KL318") and water-soluble polyamide epoxy resin (manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd., "Sumirez KL318") to 100 parts of water. resin 650", an aqueous solution with a solid content concentration of 30%) was prepared by 1.5 parts.

針對所得之偏光層2進行光學特性的測定。測定係將上述所得之偏光層的偏光片的面作為入射面,使用分光光度計(「V7100」、日本分光製)實施。偏光層的吸收軸與聚乙烯醇的延伸方向一致,所得之偏光層的視感度校正單體穿透率為42.1%,視感度校正偏光度為99.996%,單體色相a為-1.1,單體色相b為3.7。 Optical characteristics were measured about the obtained polarizing layer 2 . The measurement was carried out using a spectrophotometer ("V7100", manufactured by JASCO Corporation) using the polarizer surface of the polarizing layer obtained above as the incident surface. The absorption axis of the polarizing layer is consistent with the extension direction of polyvinyl alcohol. The sensitivity-corrected monomer transmittance of the obtained polarizing layer is 42.1%, the sensitivity-corrected polarization degree is 99.996%, and the monomer hue a is -1.1. Hue b is 3.7.

[λ/4相位差層4形成用的配向層5形成用組成物(a)的調製] [Modulation of composition (a) for forming alignment layer 5 for forming λ/4 retardation layer 4]

將下述結構的光配向性材料5份(重量平均分子量:30000)與環戊酮(溶劑)95份作為成分進行混合,將所得之混合物在80℃攪拌1小時,藉此得到λ/4相位差層4形成用的配向層5形成用組成物(a)。 5 parts of photo-alignment material (weight average molecular weight: 30000) with the following structure and 95 parts of cyclopentanone (solvent) were mixed as components, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 80°C for 1 hour to obtain a λ/4 phase Composition (a) for forming alignment layer 5 for forming difference layer 4 .

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0072-19
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0072-19

[λ/4相位差層4形成用組成物及垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物的調製] [Preparation of the composition for forming the λ/4 retardation layer 4 and the composition for forming the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6]

對於以下所示的聚合性液晶化合物A及聚合性液晶化合物B以90:10的質量比混合而成的混合物,添加調平劑(F-556;DIC公司製)1.0份及聚合引發劑之2-二甲基胺基-2-苯甲基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮(「Irgacure 369(Irg369)」、日本BASF股份公司製)6份。 To the mixture of polymerizable liquid crystal compound A and polymerizable liquid crystal compound B shown below at a mass ratio of 90:10, 1.0 parts of a leveling agent (F-556; manufactured by DIC Corporation) and 2 parts of a polymerization initiator were added. - 6 parts of dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butan-1-one ("Irgacure 369 (Irg369)", manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.).

再者,以使固體成分濃度成為13%之方式添加N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP),於80℃攪拌1小時,藉此得到λ/4相位差層4形成用組成物及垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物。 Furthermore, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) was added so that the solid content concentration became 13%, and it stirred at 80 degreeC for 1 hour, thereby obtaining the composition for forming the λ/4 retardation layer 4 and A composition for forming the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 .

聚合性液晶化合物A係使用日本特開2010-31223號公報記載的方法製造。而且,聚合性液晶化合物B係根據日本特開2009-173893號公報記載的方法製造。以下表示各自的分子結構。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound A was produced using the method described in JP-A-2010-31223. In addition, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound B was produced according to the method described in JP-A-2009-173893. Each molecular structure is shown below.

[聚合性液晶化合物A] [Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Compound A]

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0073-20
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0073-20

[聚合性液晶化合物B] [Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Compound B]

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0073-21
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0073-21

[由基材、配向層5及λ/4相位差層4所構成的積層體A的製造] [Manufacture of laminate A composed of base material, alignment layer 5 and λ/4 retardation layer 4]

在日本ZEON股份公司製的環烯烴聚合物膜(COP)(ZF-14-50、膜厚50μm)上,使用棒塗器塗佈配向層形成用組成物(a),在80℃乾燥1分鐘,使用偏光UV照射裝置(「SPOT CURE SP-9」、Ushio電機股份公司製),以在波長313nm的累積光量:100mJ/cm2、軸角度為45°實施偏光UV曝光。將所得之配向層5的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為100nm。 On a cycloolefin polymer film (COP) (ZF-14-50, film thickness 50 μm) manufactured by Zeon Co., Ltd. of Japan, the composition (a) for forming an alignment layer was coated with a bar coater, and dried at 80° C. for 1 minute , using a polarized UV irradiation device ("SPOT CURE SP-9", manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.), polarized UV exposure was performed at a wavelength of 313 nm: cumulative light intensity: 100 mJ/cm 2 , and an axis angle of 45°. The film thickness of the obtained alignment layer 5 was 100 nm when measured using an ellipsometer.

然後,於配向層5,使用棒塗器塗佈λ/4相位差層4形成用組成物,在120℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:500mJ/cm2),藉此形成λ/4相位差層4,得到由基材、配向層5及λ/4相位差層4所構成的積層體A。將積層體A的λ/4相位差層4的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為2.3μm。 Next, the composition for forming the λ/4 retardation layer 4 was applied to the alignment layer 5 using a bar coater, dried at 120°C for 1 minute, and then dried using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A", Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. ) to irradiate ultraviolet light (accumulated light intensity at a wavelength of 365nm: 500mJ/cm 2 under a nitrogen atmosphere), thereby forming a λ/4 retardation layer 4, and obtaining the substrate, the alignment layer 5, and the λ/4 retardation layer 4 The formed laminate A. The film thickness of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 of the laminate A was 2.3 μm when measured using an ellipsometer.

[垂直配向液晶硬化層形成用的垂直配向層 形成用組成物(b)的調製] [Preparation of Vertical Alignment Layer Forming Composition (b) for Formation of Vertical Alignment Liquid Crystal Cured Layer]

將信越化學工業股份公司製的矽烷偶合劑「KBE-3103」溶解於已使乙醇與水以9:1(質量比)的比例混合的混合溶劑中,得到固體成分0.5%的垂直配向液晶硬化層形成用的垂直配向層形成用組成物(b)。 A silane coupling agent "KBE-3103" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. was dissolved in a mixed solvent of ethanol and water at a ratio of 9:1 (mass ratio) to obtain a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer with a solid content of 0.5%. Composition (b) for forming a vertical alignment layer for formation.

[包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物的調製] [Preparation of composition for forming reinforcing layer 8 including acrylic resin]

調製將二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(ARONIX M-403、東亞合成股份公司製多官能基丙烯酸酯)50份、丙烯酸酯樹脂(EBECRYL 4858、DAICEL UCB股份公司製)50份、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 907;Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製)3份溶解於異丙醇250份而成的溶液,調製包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層形成用組成物。 Prepare 50 parts of diperythritol hexaacrylate (ARONIX M-403, polyfunctional acrylate manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 50 parts of acrylate resin (EBECRYL 4858, manufactured by DAICEL UCB Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl - 3 parts of 1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (Irgacure 907; manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) dissolved in 250 parts of isopropanol, prepared A composition for forming a reinforcing layer comprising an acrylic resin.

[由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B的製造] [Manufacture of laminate B composed of substrate, reinforcing layer 8, alignment layer 7, and vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6]

在日本ZEON股份公司製的已實施離型處理的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜(Lintec(股)製、SP-PLR382050、以下簡稱為「分隔片」)上,使用棒塗器塗佈包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層形成用組成物,在50℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:500mJ/cm2),藉此形成包含丙烯酸樹脂所成的補強層8。將所得之補強層8的膜厚使用接觸式膜厚計測定時為10μm。 然後,於補強層8上,使用棒塗器塗佈垂直配向層形成用組成物(b),在80℃乾燥1分鐘,得到垂直配向層7。將所得之垂直配向層7的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為50nm。 On a release-treated polyethylene terephthalate film manufactured by ZEON Co., Ltd. (Lintec Co., Ltd., SP-PLR382050, hereinafter referred to as "separator"), a bar coater containing The composition for forming a reinforcing layer made of an acrylic resin was dried at 50°C for 1 minute, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays (at a wavelength of 365 nm in a nitrogen atmosphere) using a high-pressure mercury lamp (“Unicure VB-15201BY-A”, manufactured by Ushio Electric Co. Cumulative light quantity: 500 mJ/cm 2 ), thereby forming the reinforcing layer 8 made of acrylic resin. The film thickness of the obtained reinforcing layer 8 was 10 μm when measured using a contact film thickness gauge. Then, the composition (b) for forming a vertical alignment layer was coated on the reinforcing layer 8 using a bar coater, and dried at 80° C. for 1 minute to obtain a vertical alignment layer 7 . The film thickness of the obtained vertical alignment layer 7 was 50 nm when measured using an ellipsometer.

再者,於垂直配向層7,使用棒塗器塗佈垂直配向液晶硬化層6形成用組成物,在120℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:500mJ/cm2),藉此形成垂直配向液晶硬化層6,得到由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B。將積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為1.2μm。而且,補強層8與垂直配向液晶硬化層6的層間距離為50nm。而且,垂直配向層7的構成元素比,Si/C=0.33。 Furthermore, on the vertical alignment layer 7, the composition for forming the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured layer 6 was coated with a bar coater, dried at 120° C. for 1 minute, and then sprayed with a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A", Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. Manufactured by the company) to irradiate ultraviolet rays (accumulated light intensity at a wavelength of 365nm in a nitrogen atmosphere: 500mJ/cm 2 ), thereby forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6, and obtaining a hardened layer composed of a base material, a reinforcing layer 8, an alignment layer 7, and a vertically aligned liquid crystal Laminate B composed of layer 6. The film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 of the laminate B was 1.2 μm when measured using an ellipsometer. Moreover, the interlayer distance between the reinforcing layer 8 and the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 is 50 nm. Furthermore, the constituent element ratio of the vertical alignment layer 7 is Si/C=0.33.

[λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6的Re測定] [Re measurement of λ/4 retardation layer 4 and vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6]

用上述方法製造的λ/4相位差層4及垂直配向液晶硬化層6的面內相位差值(Re1(λ)及Re2(λ)),係在確認屬於基材的COP膜無相位差後,藉由測定機(「KOBRA-WPR」、王子計測機器股份公司製)進行測定。測定在各波長之相位差值ReQ(λ)的結果,ReQ(450)=119nm、ReQ(550)=140nm、ReQ(650)=146nm、ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)=0.85。 The in-plane retardation values (Re1(λ) and Re2(λ)) of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 and the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer 6 manufactured by the above method are after confirming that the COP film belonging to the substrate has no retardation , and measured with a measuring machine (“KOBRA-WPR”, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). As a result of measuring the retardation value ReQ(λ) at each wavelength, ReQ(450)=119nm, ReQ(550)=140nm, ReQ(650)=146nm, ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)=0.85.

[垂直配向液晶硬化層6的Rth測定] [Rth Measurement of Vertically Aligned Liquid Crystal Curing Layer 6]

用上述方法製造的垂直配向液晶硬化層6的厚度方向 相位差值(RthV(λ)),係將垂直配向液晶硬化層6隔著黏著劑(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)與玻璃貼合,剝離屬於基材的分隔片,製作測定用樣品後,在確認配向層7及補強層8無相位差後,藉由橢圓偏光儀,改變光對樣品的入射角,進行測定。而且,450nm及550nm的波長λ的平均折射率係使用折射率計(Atago股份公司製、「多波長阿貝折射計DR-M4」)進行測定。由所得之膜厚、平均折射率及橢圓偏光儀的測定結果計算出的RthV分別為RthV(450)=-60nm、RthV(550)=-70nm、RthV(450)/RthV(550)=0.85。 The retardation value (RthV(λ)) in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 manufactured by the above method is that the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 is bonded to glass via an adhesive (15 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation). Then, the separator belonging to the base material was peeled off, and the measurement sample was prepared. After confirming that there was no phase difference between the alignment layer 7 and the reinforcement layer 8, the measurement was performed by changing the incident angle of light on the sample with an ellipsometer. In addition, the average refractive index of the wavelength λ of 450 nm and 550 nm was measured using the refractometer (made by Atago Co., Ltd., "multi-wavelength Abbe refractometer DR-M4"). The RthV calculated from the obtained film thickness, average refractive index and ellipsometer measurement results are RthV(450)=-60nm, RthV(550)=-70nm, RthV(450)/RthV(550)=0.85.

[橢圓偏光板1的製造] [Manufacture of elliptically polarizing plate 1]

對積層體A的λ/4相位差層4的聚合性液晶組成物塗佈面實施電暈處理後,將上述製造的偏光層2與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4,隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm),以使偏光層2的吸收軸與λ/4相位差層4的慢軸所成的角度成為45°之方式貼合,只剝離基材,製作積層體C。然後,對積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6實施電暈處理後,將積層體C的配向層5與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)貼合,只剝離基材,製作橢圓偏光板1。 After corona treatment was performed on the polymerizable liquid crystal composition-coated surface of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 of the laminate A, the polarizing layer 2 produced above was adhered to the λ/4 retardation layer 4 of the laminate A through the Agent 3 (pressure-sensitive adhesive 15 μm manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.) was attached so that the angle formed by the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 and the slow axis of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 was 45°, and only the substrate was peeled off. Laminate C is produced. Then, after performing corona treatment on the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the laminate B, the alignment layer 5 of the laminated body C and the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the laminated body B were separated by an adhesive 3 (pressure sensitive type made by Lintec Co., Ltd.). Adhesive (15 μm) was bonded, and only the substrate was peeled off to produce an elliptically polarizing plate 1 .

[各層的面內平均折射率的差] [Difference in in-plane average refractive index of each layer]

根據上述方法將各層塗佈於玻璃上,使用折射率計(Atago股份公司製、「多波長阿貝折射計DR-M4」)或橢圓偏光儀,計算出各層的平均折射率,確認各層的面內平均 折射率的差為0.2以下。 Each layer is coated on glass according to the above method, and the average refractive index of each layer is calculated using a refractometer (manufactured by Atago Co., Ltd., "Multi-Wavelength Abbe Refractometer DR-M4") or an ellipsometer, and the surface of each layer is confirmed. The difference in the inner average refractive index is 0.2 or less.

[切割端面的觀察] [Observation of cut end face]

將所得之橢圓偏光板放置於切割墊上,使用切割器切出3cm×3cm的正方形後,將端面使用10倍放大鏡目視觀察,確認是否產生波狀起伏、龜裂等缺陷。將相同的操作實施3次,即使是其中1次也將觀察到缺陷的情況設為X,將沒有觀察到缺陷的情況設為○,將結果記載於表1。 Place the obtained elliptical polarizer on a cutting mat, cut out a 3cm×3cm square with a cutter, and then visually observe the end surface with a 10x magnifying glass to confirm whether there are defects such as waviness and cracks. The same operation was carried out three times, and the case where a defect was observed even in one of them was made X, and the case where a defect was not observed was made ○, and the results are shown in Table 1.

(實施例2及3) (Example 2 and 3)

除了將補強層8的膜厚變更為表1的記載以外,與實施例1同樣地製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except having changed the film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 to what is described in Table 1, an elliptically polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and observation of the cut end surface was implemented.

(實施例4) (Example 4)

除了混合0.5重量%的聚醯亞胺(「SUNEVER SE-610」、日產化學工業股份公司製)、72.3重量%的N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、18.1重量%的2-丁氧基乙醇、9.1重量%的乙基環己烷及0.01重量%的DPHA(新中村化學製)而製作垂直配向層形成用組成物(b),並使用該垂直配向層形成用組成物(b)及將補強層8的膜厚設為5μm以外,與實施例1同樣地製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。將結果表示於表1。再者,將垂直配向層7的膜厚使用橢圓偏光儀測定時為0.5μm。據此,補強層8與垂直配向液晶硬化層6的層間距離為0.5μm。 In addition to mixing 0.5% by weight of polyimide (“SUNEVER SE-610”, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), 72.3% by weight of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and 18.1% by weight of 2-butoxy Ethanol, 9.1% by weight of ethylcyclohexane, and 0.01% by weight of DPHA (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) were used to prepare the composition (b) for forming a vertical alignment layer, and the composition (b) for forming a vertical alignment layer was used and Except that the film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 was 5 μm, an elliptically polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end face was observed. The results are shown in Table 1. In addition, the film thickness of the vertical alignment layer 7 was 0.5 μm when measured using an ellipsometer. Accordingly, the interlayer distance between the reinforcing layer 8 and the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 is 0.5 μm.

(實施例5) (Example 5)

如以下所示,除了改變補強層8形成用組成物及補強層8的製造方法以外,以與實施例1同樣方法製作橢圓偏 光板,實施切割端面的觀察。將結果表示於表1。 As shown below, except for changing the composition for forming the reinforcing layer 8 and the manufacturing method of the reinforcing layer 8, an elliptically polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end face was observed. The results are shown in Table 1.

[包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物的調製] [Preparation of composition for forming reinforcing layer 8 including epoxy resin]

混合3,4-環氧基環己烷甲酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲酯80份、2-乙基己基環氧丙基醚20份、SAN-APRO公司製CPI-100P 2.25份、碳酸伸丙酯2.25份,調製包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物。 Mix 80 parts of 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 20 parts of 2-ethylhexyl glycidyl ether, 2.25 parts of CPI-100P manufactured by SAN-APRO, 2.25 parts of propylene carbonate was used to prepare a composition for forming the reinforcing layer 8 including an epoxy resin.

[由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B的製造(只有補強層8的製造部分)] [Manufacture of laminate B composed of base material, reinforcing layer 8, alignment layer 7, and vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 (only the manufacturing part of reinforcing layer 8)]

於已實施離型處理的分隔片上,使用棒塗器塗佈包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物,在50℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:400mJ/cm2),藉此形成包含環氧樹脂所成的補強層8。將所得之補強層8的膜厚使用接觸式膜厚計測定時為5μm。 On the release-treated separator, apply a composition for forming the reinforcing layer 8 including epoxy resin using a bar coater, dry at 50°C for 1 minute, and then use a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A ", manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) was irradiated with ultraviolet light (accumulated light intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm: 400 mJ/cm 2 in a nitrogen atmosphere), thereby forming the reinforcing layer 8 made of epoxy resin. When the film thickness of the obtained reinforcing layer 8 was measured using a contact film thickness meter, it was 5 micrometers.

(實施例6) (Example 6)

如以下所示,除了改變補強層8形成用組成物及補強層8的製造方法以外,以與實施例1同樣方法製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。將結果表示於表1。 As shown below, except for changing the composition for forming the reinforcing layer 8 and the manufacturing method of the reinforcing layer 8 , an elliptically polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end face was observed. The results are shown in Table 1.

[包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物的調製] [Preparation of composition for forming reinforcing layer 8 including urethane resin]

調製將丙烯酸酯樹脂(EBECRYL 4858、DAICEL UCB股份公司製)100份、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 907;Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製)3份溶解於異丙醇250份而成的溶液,得到包含胺酯樹脂所 成的補強層8形成用組成物。 Prepare 100 parts of acrylate resin (EBECRYL 4858, manufactured by DAICEL UCB Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (Irgacure 907 ; Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 250 parts of isopropanol to obtain a composition for forming the reinforcing layer 8 comprising urethane resin.

[由基材、補強層8、配向層7及垂直配向液晶硬化層6所構成的積層體B的製造(只有補強層8的製造部分)] [Manufacture of laminate B composed of base material, reinforcing layer 8, alignment layer 7, and vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 (only the manufacturing part of reinforcing layer 8)]

於已實施離型處理的分隔片上,使用棒塗器塗佈包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8形成用組成物,在50℃乾燥1分鐘後,使用高壓水銀燈(「Unicure VB-15201BY-A」、Ushio電機股份公司製)照射紫外線(氮氣環境下,在波長365nm的累積光量:400mJ/cm2),藉此形成包含胺酯樹脂所成的補強層8。將所得之補強層8的膜厚使用接觸式膜厚計測定時為5μm。 On the release-treated separator sheet, apply a composition for forming the reinforcement layer 8 including urethane resin using a bar coater, dry at 50°C for 1 minute, and then use a high-pressure mercury lamp ("Unicure VB-15201BY-A ", manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.) by irradiating ultraviolet rays (accumulated light intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm: 400 mJ/cm 2 in a nitrogen atmosphere) to form the reinforcing layer 8 made of urethane resin. When the film thickness of the obtained reinforcing layer 8 was measured using a contact film thickness meter, it was 5 micrometers.

(實施例7至9) (Examples 7 to 9)

除了改變補強層8的膜厚及將橢圓偏光板的製造方法改變為如同下述以外,與實施例1同樣地製作第2圖所示的層構成的橢圓偏光板10,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except for changing the film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 and changing the manufacturing method of the elliptically polarizing plate as described below, the elliptically polarizing plate 10 having the layer configuration shown in FIG. 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end surface was observed.

[橢圓偏光板10的製造方法] [Manufacturing method of elliptically polarizing plate 10]

首先,對積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6實施電暈處理後,將積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6側與上述所得之偏光層2隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)貼合,剝離基材,製作積層體D。然後,對積層體A的λ/4相位差層4的聚合性液晶組成物塗佈面實施電暈處理後,將積層體D的補強層8與積層體A的λ/4相位差層4,隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm),以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合,剝離基材,製作橢圓偏光 板10。 First, after performing corona treatment on the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the laminate B, the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer 6 side of the laminated body B is separated from the polarizing layer 2 obtained above through an adhesive 3 (pressure sensitive type made by Lintec Co., Ltd. Adhesive (15 μm) was bonded, and the base material was peeled off to produce a laminate D. Then, after performing corona treatment on the polymerizable liquid crystal composition-coated surface of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 of the laminate A, the reinforcing layer 8 of the laminate D and the λ/4 retardation layer 4 of the laminate A, Adhesive 3 (pressure-sensitive adhesive 15 μm manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.) is interposed so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 becomes substantially 45° with respect to the slow axis (optical axis) of the λ/4 retardation layer 4 The substrates are bonded together, and the substrates are peeled off to produce the elliptical polarizing plate 10 .

(實施例10至12) (Examples 10 to 12)

除了改變補強層8的膜厚及將橢圓偏光板的製造方法改變為如同下述以外,與實施例1同樣地製作第3圖所示的層構成的橢圓偏光板100,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except for changing the film thickness of the reinforcing layer 8 and changing the manufacturing method of the elliptically polarizing plate as described below, an elliptically polarizing plate 100 having the layered structure shown in FIG. 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end faces were observed.

[橢圓偏光板100的製造方法] [Manufacturing method of elliptically polarizing plate 100]

首先,對積層體A的λ/4相位差層4及積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6實施電暈處理後,將積層體A的λ/4相位差層4與積層體B的垂直配向液晶硬化層6隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm)貼合,剝離積層體B的基材,製作積層體E。然後,將積層體E的補強層8與偏光層2,隔著黏著劑3(Lintec公司製感壓式黏著劑15μm),以使偏光層2的吸收軸相對於λ/4相位差層4的慢軸(光軸)而言實質上成為45°之方式貼合後,剝離積層體A所含的基材,製作橢圓偏光板100。 First, after performing corona treatment on the λ/4 retardation layer 4 of the laminate A and the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened layer 6 of the laminate B, the λ/4 retardation layer 4 of the laminate A and the vertical alignment layer 6 of the laminate B The liquid crystal cured layer 6 was bonded via the adhesive 3 (15 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.), and the base material of the laminate B was peeled off to prepare a laminate E. Then, the reinforcing layer 8 and the polarizing layer 2 of the laminate E were interposed between the adhesive 3 (pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., 15 μm), so that the absorption axis of the polarizing layer 2 was relative to that of the λ/4 retardation layer 4. After bonding so that the slow axis (optical axis) becomes substantially 45°, the base material contained in the laminate A is peeled off to produce the elliptically polarizing plate 100 .

(比較例1) (comparative example 1)

除了省略製造補強層的步驟以外,以與實施例1相同的方法製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。 Except for omitting the step of producing the reinforcing layer, an elliptically polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, and the cut end face was observed.

(比較例2) (comparative example 2)

除了省略製造補強層的步驟以外,以與實施例7至9相同的方法製作橢圓偏光板,實施切割端面的觀察。 An elliptically polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the step of producing the reinforcing layer was omitted, and observation of the cut end surface was performed.

以下,對於實施例及比較例,顯示實施切割端面的觀察的結果。再者,表1中,層間距離係意指垂直配向液晶硬化層6與補強層8的層間距離。 Hereinafter, the results of observing the cut end faces are shown for Examples and Comparative Examples. Furthermore, in Table 1, the interlayer distance refers to the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer 6 and the reinforcing layer 8 .

Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0081-22
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0081-22
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0082-23
Figure 107123702-A0202-12-0082-23

實施例1至12的橢圓偏光板,可在切割時不產生波狀起伏、龜裂等缺陷地加工,且為加工特性良好的橢圓偏光板。 The elliptically polarizing plates of Examples 1 to 12 can be processed without causing defects such as waviness and cracks during cutting, and are elliptically polarizing plates with good processing characteristics.

1‧‧‧橢圓偏光板 1‧‧‧elliptical polarizer

2‧‧‧偏光層 2‧‧‧Polarizing layer

3‧‧‧黏著層 3‧‧‧adhesive layer

4‧‧‧λ/4相位差層 4‧‧‧λ/4 retardation layer

5‧‧‧配向層 5‧‧‧Alignment layer

6‧‧‧垂直配向液晶硬化層 6‧‧‧Vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer

7‧‧‧垂直配向層 7‧‧‧Vertical alignment layer

8‧‧‧補強層 8‧‧‧reinforcing layer

Claims (9)

一種橢圓偏光板,其係依序具有偏光層、λ/4相位差層、垂直配向液晶硬化層、垂直配向層及補強層,或依序具有偏光層、補強層、垂直配向層、垂直配向液晶硬化層及λ/4相位差層,其中,前述垂直配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在垂直方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成,前述垂直配向液晶硬化層的膜厚為3μm以下,前述補強層的膜厚為1至5μm。 An elliptical polarizing plate, which has a polarizing layer, a λ/4 retardation layer, a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, a vertically aligned layer, and a reinforcing layer in sequence, or has a polarizing layer, a reinforcing layer, a vertically aligned layer, and a vertically aligned liquid crystal in sequence The cured layer and the λ/4 retardation layer, wherein the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured layer is a polymer made of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable liquid crystal compound aligned in a vertical direction relative to the plane of the liquid crystal cured layer. In this configuration, the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer is 3 μm or less, and the film thickness of the reinforcing layer is 1 to 5 μm. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層的層間距離為5μm以下。 The elliptically polarizing plate as described in item 1 of the patent claims, wherein the interlayer distance between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer and the reinforcing layer is 5 μm or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,λ/4相位差層為水平配向液晶硬化層,水平配向液晶硬化層為由包含相對於該液晶硬化層平面而言在水平方向配向的狀態的聚合性液晶化合物的聚合性液晶組成物的聚合物所構成。 The elliptically polarizing plate described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the λ/4 retardation layer is a horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, and the horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardened layer is contained relative to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer The polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the state aligned in the horizontal direction is composed of polymers. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,補強層為包含選自由丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂、胺酯樹脂及三聚氰胺樹脂所成群組的至少1種而成者。 The elliptical polarizing plate as described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the reinforcing layer is composed of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, urethane resin and melamine resin. At least 1 of those formed. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其係在垂直配向液晶硬化層與補強層之間具有膜厚5μm以下的配向層,該配向層為由構成元素中包含Si 元素、C元素及O元素的化合物所構成的層。 The elliptically polarizing plate described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of the patent application has an alignment layer with a film thickness of 5 μm or less between the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardening layer and the reinforcing layer, and the alignment layer is composed of Si contained in the constituent elements A layer composed of compounds of elements, C elements, and O elements. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,於鄰接的各層中,在波長550nm的面內平均折射率的差為0.20以下。 The elliptically polarizing plate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the difference in the average refractive index in the plane at a wavelength of 550 nm is 0.20 or less in each adjacent layer. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,關於λ/4相位差層,在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係,nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ)式中,nxQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈平行的方向的主折射率;nyQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於相位差層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxQ(λ)的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;nzQ(λ)係表示在λ/4相位差層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於相位差層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率;並且滿足下述式(1)至(3)的關係,ReQ(450)/ReQ(550)≦1.00 (1) 1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3)式中,ReQ(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,ReQ(650)表示對 波長λ=650nm的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之λ/4相位差層的面內相位差值ReQ(λ)係以ReQ(λ)=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ表示,此處dQ表示λ/4相位差層的厚度。 The elliptically polarizing plate as described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein, with regard to the λ/4 retardation layer, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer, at wavelengths λ=400 to The range of 700nm has the relationship of the following formula, nxQ(λ)>nyQ(λ)≒nzQ(λ) In the formula, nxQ(λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 retardation layer, for The main refractive index of the light with wavelength λ (nm) in the direction parallel to the phase difference layer plane; nyQ(λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the λ/4 phase difference layer, relative The plane is parallel and relative to the direction of nxQ(λ) which is orthogonal to the refractive index of light with wavelength λ(nm); nzQ(λ) means the refractive index ellipse formed in the λ/4 retardation layer In the body, the refractive index of the light of wavelength λ (nm) in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the phase difference layer; and satisfy the relationship of the following formulas (1) to (3), ReQ(450)/ReQ(550) ≦1.00 (1) 1.00≦ReQ(650)/ReQ(550) (2) 100nm≦ReQ(550)≦160nm (3) In the formula, ReQ(450) represents the λ/4 phase of light with wavelength λ=450nm The in-plane retardation value of the difference layer, ReQ(550) represents the in-plane retardation value of the λ/4 retardation layer for light with wavelength λ=550nm, and ReQ(650) represents the in-plane retardation value for The in-plane retardation value of the λ/4 retardation layer of light with wavelength λ=650nm, the in-plane retardation value ReQ(λ) of the λ/4 retardation layer of light with wavelength λ(nm) is expressed by ReQ(λ )=(nxQ(λ)-nyQ(λ))×dQ, where dQ represents the thickness of the λ/4 retardation layer. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之橢圓偏光板,其中,關於垂直配向液晶硬化層,在垂直配向液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,在波長λ=400至700nm的範圍,具有下式的關係,nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ)式中,nzV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的折射率;nxV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,對波長λ(nm)的光之相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的方向的最大折射率,nyV(λ)係表示在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行且相對於前述nxV的方向呈正交的方向的對波長λ(nm)的光的折射率;但是於nxV(λ)=nyV(λ)的情況,nxV(λ)表示相對於液晶硬化層平面呈平行的任意方向的折射率;並且滿足下述式(4)至(6)的關係,RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) 1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) -120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm (6) 式中,RthV(450)表示對波長λ=450nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(550)表示對波長λ=550nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,RthV(650)表示對波長λ=650nm的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值,對波長λ(nm)的光之液晶硬化層的厚度方向的相位差值RthV(λ)係以RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV表示;此處,在液晶硬化層所形成的折射率橢圓體中,nzV(λ)表示在波長λ(nm)的相對於液晶硬化層平面呈垂直的方向的主折射率,「(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2」表示在波長λ(nm)的在液晶硬化層平面的平均折射率;dV表示液晶硬化層的厚度。 The elliptically polarizing plate as described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein, regarding the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened layer, at wavelength λ=400 to 700nm The range has the relationship of the following formula, nzV(λ)>nxV(λ)≒nyV(λ) In the formula, nzV(λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer, the wavelength λ(nm) The refractive index of the light in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer; nxV(λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer, the light of wavelength λ (nm) is relative to the liquid crystal hardening layer The maximum refractive index in the direction parallel to the plane, nyV(λ) means that in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer, it is parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer and is perpendicular to the direction nxV. To the refractive index of the light of wavelength λ (nm); But in the case of nxV (λ)=nyV (λ), nxV (λ) represents the refractive index of any direction parallel to the plane of the liquid crystal hardening layer; and satisfies the following The relationship between formulas (4) to (6), RthV(450)/RthV(550)≦1.00 (4) 1.00≦RthV(650)/RthV(550) (5) -120nm≦RthV(550)≦-50nm ( 6) In the formula, RthV(450) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardening layer for light with wavelength λ=450nm, and RthV(550) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardening layer for light with wavelength λ=550nm , RthV(650) represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardening layer for light with wavelength λ=650nm, and the retardation value RthV(λ) for the thickness direction of the liquid crystal hardening layer for light with wavelength λ(nm) is given by RthV(λ)=[(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2-nzV(λ)]×dV represents; here, in the refractive index ellipsoid formed by the liquid crystal hardening layer, nzV(λ) represents The principal refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer at the wavelength λ (nm), "(nxV(λ)+nyV(λ))/2" represents the plane of the liquid crystal hardened layer at the wavelength λ (nm) The average refractive index; dV represents the thickness of the liquid crystal hardened layer. 一種有機EL顯示裝置,係具備申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述之橢圓偏光板。 An organic EL display device is provided with the elliptically polarizing plate described in any one of the first to eighth items of the scope of the patent application.
TW107123702A 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate TWI796342B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-136581 2017-07-12
JP2017136581 2017-07-12

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201908781A TW201908781A (en) 2019-03-01
TWI796342B true TWI796342B (en) 2023-03-21

Family

ID=65001602

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112105619A TW202323879A (en) 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate
TW107123702A TWI796342B (en) 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112105619A TW202323879A (en) 2017-07-12 2018-07-09 Elliptical polarizing plate

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP6763916B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20200022032A (en)
CN (1) CN110869827B (en)
TW (2) TW202323879A (en)
WO (1) WO2019013092A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7302974B2 (en) * 2019-01-18 2023-07-04 住友化学株式会社 Laminate, elliptically polarizing plate and polymerizable liquid crystal composition
JP2020126226A (en) * 2019-02-04 2020-08-20 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing plate and display device
WO2020179372A1 (en) * 2019-03-05 2020-09-10 住友化学株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate and circularly polarizing plate with glass plate
JP2020149036A (en) * 2019-03-05 2020-09-17 住友化学株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate, and circularly polarizing plate with glass plate
JP7353052B2 (en) * 2019-03-27 2023-09-29 日東電工株式会社 Laminated optical film and its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP2020173425A (en) * 2019-04-12 2020-10-22 Jsr株式会社 Laminate body, method for manufacturing laminate body, and method for manufacturing optical film
JP7461122B2 (en) * 2019-09-17 2024-04-03 住友化学株式会社 Laminate and elliptically polarizing plate including same
JP7439238B2 (en) * 2019-09-23 2024-02-27 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド Polarizer
JP2021179599A (en) 2020-05-11 2021-11-18 住友化学株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate
KR102567053B1 (en) * 2021-04-08 2023-08-14 주식회사 클랩 Achromatic circular polarizer film and antireflection film for display containing with the same
KR102567054B1 (en) * 2021-04-08 2023-08-14 주식회사 클랩 Achromatic circular polarizer film and antireflection film for display containing with the same

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201509683A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-03-16 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
TW201511959A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-04-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
TW201518790A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-05-16 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
JP2015200861A (en) * 2013-09-11 2015-11-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Optically anisotropic layer and production method of the same, laminate and production method of laminate, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence display device

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07174919A (en) * 1993-10-28 1995-07-14 Teijin Ltd Production of phase-difference plate
JPH0821999A (en) * 1994-07-07 1996-01-23 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Liquid crystal display device
US5672399A (en) * 1995-11-17 1997-09-30 Donaldson Company, Inc. Filter material construction and method
JP4110777B2 (en) * 2001-12-14 2008-07-02 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Laminated body and elliptically polarizing plate and display device using the same
JP4187616B2 (en) * 2002-09-06 2008-11-26 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminated retardation optical element, manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal display device
JP2004109171A (en) * 2002-09-13 2004-04-08 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Optical film, its manufacturing method and liquid crystal display device
JP4708287B2 (en) * 2006-08-25 2011-06-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Manufacturing method of optical film, optical film, polarizing plate, transfer material, liquid crystal display device, and polarized ultraviolet exposure device
CN101135745A (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-03-05 精工爱普生株式会社 Optical element, method of manufacturing the same, and projector
JP2009048157A (en) * 2006-12-21 2009-03-05 Fujifilm Corp Liquid crystal display
JP4973234B2 (en) * 2007-02-22 2012-07-11 住友化学株式会社 Optical film
JP2008216782A (en) * 2007-03-06 2008-09-18 Nitto Denko Corp Optical laminate
KR101157444B1 (en) * 2007-07-06 2012-06-22 닛토덴코 가부시키가이샤 Polarization plate
KR100900643B1 (en) * 2008-03-28 2009-06-02 주식회사 엘지화학 A natural rock composite panel and preparation methods thereof
JP2010066630A (en) * 2008-09-12 2010-03-25 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Method for manufacturing optical film, and optical film
JP2013167868A (en) * 2011-12-01 2013-08-29 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Image display device
TW201510586A (en) 2013-08-09 2015-03-16 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
CN104345368B (en) 2013-08-09 2018-10-16 住友化学株式会社 Elliptical polarization plate
KR101747559B1 (en) * 2015-03-30 2017-06-14 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Polarizing plate
KR102026551B1 (en) * 2015-07-30 2019-09-27 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Laminated body, solid-state image sensor, manufacturing method of a laminated body, kit
JP6606555B2 (en) * 2015-09-30 2019-11-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate, optical sensor, and kit

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201509683A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-03-16 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
TW201511959A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-04-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
TW201518790A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-05-16 Sumitomo Chemical Co Optical film
JP2015200861A (en) * 2013-09-11 2015-11-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Optically anisotropic layer and production method of the same, laminate and production method of laminate, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20240005236A (en) 2024-01-11
TW202323879A (en) 2023-06-16
JP7299746B2 (en) 2023-06-28
TW201908781A (en) 2019-03-01
JP2019135561A (en) 2019-08-15
JP2019020725A (en) 2019-02-07
JP6763916B2 (en) 2020-09-30
KR20200022032A (en) 2020-03-02
WO2019013092A1 (en) 2019-01-17
CN110869827A (en) 2020-03-06
CN110869827B (en) 2023-06-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI796342B (en) Elliptical polarizing plate
TWI723200B (en) Elliptically polarizing plate
JP7356480B2 (en) Optical film and its manufacturing method
TWI781214B (en) Retardation plate with optical compensation function
WO2021054031A1 (en) Laminate and elliptical polarizer containing same
TWI798354B (en) combination
TW202010631A (en) Laminate
WO2021006068A1 (en) Long film
KR20220005480A (en) Composition for forming a laminate and a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film
TWI780207B (en) Retardation plate with optical compensation function for flexible display
JP2019139168A (en) Vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film
JP7001379B2 (en) Functional transferable plastic film
JP7302954B2 (en) Laminate containing horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film
JP7491660B2 (en) Retardation plate with optical compensation function
TW202248002A (en) Optical laminate
TW202140255A (en) An optical laminate
JP2022145604A (en) optical laminate
TW202325825A (en) Layered body and method for manufacturing same